Paint Manual 

WITH PARTICULAR REFERENCE TO 

FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS 

By Percy H. Walker and Eugene F. Hickson 

BCILDING 1L\TERIALS AND STRUCTURES 

REPORT B:\1S105 

I . ued October 11, 1945 

. . DEPARTi\IENT OF COl\D. 

Henry A. "\Yullace, Secretary 

~ TIO~ T_\L BUREAU OF , TAXDAR 

Fo·r sale by the Superi,iteudeut 

Pric.c 

C ~ 

i', .yman .T. Briggs, Director 

ts, Washing ton 25, D. C. 
National Bureau of Standards 

AY 141947 

looe2~ 

Foreword 

The need for information on protective coating material 

in addition to that given in i,..ational Bureau of Standard 

Technologic Paper T27 4, published in 1025, has been ex 

pressed :from time to time by various governmental agencie~ 

Many changes in such materials have occurred since tha 

publication, now out of print, was issued. Thus, this manu 

has been compiled to aid in the procurement o:f material 

that would be suitable and adequate for most kinds of pain 

ing and that would assure successful application. Th 

manual is ba eel in large part on Federal Specifications tth 

upplements but does not replace them. 

Methods are described for the preparation of surfaces an 

the application of coatings that are known from ~xperienc 

to give satisfactory results. The inform :ti.or: containe 

herein cannot supplant the skill of the experi,nced painte 

but should assist the procurement officer in specifying an 

obtaining the proper paint material . It .,nould also assi 

the planner ancl technical upervi. or of work in obtainin 

and maintaining durable finishe ·· at ·easonable cost. 

l_.,,1AN J. BRIGG·, Director. 

II 
CONTE TTS 

Page 


Jreword ..... , .. , , , , ..•............................. , . . II 


I. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 


II. General comment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 


III. Comments on individual ruaterial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 


1. General consideration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 


(a) Compo ition by weight and by volume... 6 


(b) Ba ·ic pecification . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 7 


( c) Amendment to basic specifications . . . . . 7 


2. Liquid not generally used alone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 


3. Pigment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1!) 

4. Ready-mixed oil and varni h vehicle paint·. . . . 27 


G. Yarni he and analogous products . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 


G. ,vater paints . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 


7. 1\liscellaneou material u. ed by painter . . . . . . G6 


IY. Preparation of surface and application of painting 


material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 


1. Wood\vork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 


(a) Exterior surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 


(1) ~ 'ew work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 


(2) Refini ·bing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 


(a) Loo. e paint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 


(b) Knot· . . .. . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . 76 


(c) 	Additional mea ures for 


smoothing ·urfaces . . . . . . 76 


(d) Mildew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 


(e) Application of paint . . . . . . . 77 


(3) Staining of hingle and wood. . . . . 77 


(4) Porch floor~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 


(b) Interior surface . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 


(1) New work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 


(2) Refini hing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 


2. Masonry, concrete, and pla~tet· . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , 1 


(a) Exterior surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 


(1) Oil paint . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . 1 


(2) Water paint· . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 


(b) Interior surface .. . .. . . . . .. . . . .. .. .. . . 4 


(1) Flat fini- h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -1 

(2) 	 emiglo s fini:h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -t 

(3) Full-glo s finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 


Jc) Cement floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :; 


(1) 	General ugge tion for preparin~ 

concrete floor ................ . (2) Floor paint and enamel 

(3) Varni h-type paint. ............. . 
 (4) Rubber-ha e paint~ ............. . 
 (5) 1Iaintenance ................... . 
 (6) Refini hing ..................... . 


3. Ferrou metal: Structural iron and :teel ..... . (a) Cleanin~ ............................ . 
 (b) Ru, t-inhibitive wa he ............... . 
 (c) Priming paint ....................... . 


III 

Content 

Page

IV. 	 Preparation of surface. and application of painting 


material -Continued. 


4. Nonferrous metal ..•......................... 9: 


(a) .Metallic zinc coatings ................. . 9' 


(b) Treatment of aluminum and magnesium .. 92 


( c) Coatings for certain other metals ...... . 92 


5. Steel submerged in water ..•.................. 92 


(a) Coal-tar-ba e enamel ................. . !)3 


(1) Hot appUcation ................ . !)3 


(2) Cold application ................ . 9-1 


(b) Varnish-type paints .................. . 95 


Y. Care and preparation of painting materials ........ . 97 


1. Storage of painting materials ................ . 98 


2. Preparation of ready-mixed paint ........... . 08 


3. Mixing of pastes and powders ................ . 08 


(a) Pa tes ............................... . 9 


(1) Pastes-in-oil .................... . 98 


(2) Resin-emulsion paints ........... . 100 


(b) Powders ..•........................... 101 


(1) Dry red-lead paints ............. . 101 


(2) Cement-water paints ............ . 101 


(3) Casein-powder paints ........... . 102 


4. Care of brushes ..•.......•.................. 102 


VI. Safety n1eai-;ures ..••....•.•..•..•................. 104 


1. Falls ..............•••..•.................... 104 


2. Fire ...........•..•..••.•..•..•............. 104 


3. Poison .............•.•••..•.. , .....•........ 104 


VII. Sampling and in ·pection ..•....................... 10!"> 


1. ln:-tructions and precaution for ,•ampling .... . 105 


(a) Liquids: Thinners, oils, and varnishes .. . 106 


(b) Pigments, pastes, and ready-mixed paints 10n 

(1) Dry piaments .................. . 100 


(2) Pastes and ready-mixed paint ... . 106) 

(c) Bituminous enamel and primer ........• 101' 


(1) Enamel •........................ 107' 


(2) Primer ........•................ wr 


(d) Coal-tar-base paints ................. .. 101 


VITI. 2. Inspection .•..............•..•..•............ 10$ 


Paint failures .....•..•..•..•.••..••..•........•.. 111 


1. _\dhesion ......•.......•..•..•............... 112 


2. Alligatoring ••.......••. :•..................• 112 


3. Bleeding ••..•.........•..•.....•............ 113 


4. Blistering and peeling ...................... . 114 


~: g~~~~i : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 114 


11;; 

7, Cracking and scaling •...............•...•... ll;i
 B. Crawling •.....•.•••••••..................... 
 116 


9. "Fadin°" of color •••••............... , .... · · · 
 117 


10. Lo s of glo s ............................... . 
 11
 lJ· Running and sag~ing ...............•......... 
 118
 ~a'. '{:~~~f:}·· and slow drying................... . 118 


11!)
 H. Wrinkli!g • : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 110 
 IV 

Contents 

Pa~e 

IX. Bulking value.· of pigments and liquids . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 


1. Pigments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 


2. Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 


3. Solvents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-!0 

4. Resins and other filmogens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 


5. Plasticizers . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 


X. Literature references . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 


1. References cited in text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 


2. Additional references . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 


(a) 	Building Materials and • tructure:-; Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 


(b) Letter Circulars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14n 

(c) Simplified Practice Recommendations.... 145 


(d) 	Technical Information on Building ~Iaterials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 


(e) Commercial Standard::; . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H6 

XI. Glossary of selected paint . tf'rm.· . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 


XII. 	 Lii:;t of Federal Specification~. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l:'tt 


Index • . • . • . . . . • • • • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 


-


PAINT MANUAL 

WITH PARTICULAR REFERENCE TO 


FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS 


By Percy H. Walker and Eugene F. Hickson 

ABSTRACT 

This manual presents recommendations by the National Ilureau of 

Standards anu cooperating organizations for the most effective use of painting materials meeting Federal Specifications. Chiefly non­ teclrnieal in nature, tl1e manual provi<les pmctical information fo1· 

the application of protective coatings. It also explains recent developments in the field of painting and includes pertinent references. Descriptions of approximately 60 paints au<l paint products are included to enable the painter to choose the most uitable materials 

for the surface to he covered. Emphasis is plnced on method " of 

applying coatings and preparing surfaces for obtaining maximum 

protection with the materials used. Where paint failures have oc­ curreo, the causes are traced and remedies suggested. 

I. INTRODUCTION 

I t is the plll'pose of this manual to help the various Federal Government agencies in the proper selection nnd use 

of paint ( see glossary) and painting materials purchased 

under Federal Specifications. 

Specifications for paint de.fine for the purchaser the 

quality of materials to be procured. To the manufacturer 

they provide a fair basis on which to bid competitiYely. 

Adequate specifications for paint contain two essential proYisions: requirements for composition nncl requirements for 

results, or performance, although one type of requirement. 

may receive more emphasis than the other. 

Federal Specifications are approved nml promulgated hy 

the Director of Procurement Treasury Department, for the 

use of all Government agencies in the purchase of materials 

and equipment. They should not be confu eel with pecifications is ued by the various Federal departments and 

agencies for materials and construction to meet their own 

pecial requirement . Federal Specifications may be pur­ chased from the Superintendent of Documents, U. . Govemment Printing Office, 1Vushington 25, D. C., who will 

1 
2 

/ 

Building Materials and Structures Reports 

sen<l without charge a price list of Federal Specification , 


on request. 


A Federal pecification sets a standard that is considered 

adequate and economical for the service expected. If the 

purchase order requires that material conform to a particular Federal Specification, the selle! ma:Y comn~1t a 

fraudulent act if he kno-ws that the material bemg furmshed 

doe not conform. l\fo t manufacturers know how Federal 

pecifications apply to their products . 

.A. specification sets forth in detail the mi~1imum requi~·ements and makes no allowance for materrn1 of superior 

grade. The purpose of the specification is to procure material that will give good performance. Howeyer, the difference in co t between material meeting the specification and 

that for material giving somewhat better performance may 

not be justified. 

Federal pecifications for paint are set at a sufficiently 

high level of quality to give good service. They define materials fully adequate for the purpose intended at a reasonable price without expensive and mmecessary frills and 

cover paints obtainable from the widest practicable sources 

of upply. . 

It j~ the buyer·s responsibility to see that deliveries of 

paint · actually do conform to specifications, and that material purporting to me~t a particular Federal Specification 

for paint is not accepted without test. Otherwise, material 

inferior to that called for in the specification will be accepted and u~ed. The inevitable result will be unsatisfactory 

service and complaint that the specification is inadequate, 

wJ1ereas the fault would lie with the purchaser who has not 

taken the nece, ary steps to be certain that the quality pm·­ cha ed and paid for was actually delivered. 

The fact that a Federal Specification paint is less expen iYe than a proprietary brand 0£ paint of the same type 

1s not an indication that its quality is inferior to that of 

the _higher-priced paint, which may inclu<l.e promotion and 

sel~mO' co t , but that it meets the prescribed quality reqmrement for this type of paint. The technical committee 

charO'e<l. with preparing Federal pecifications for paints is 

~onstantly o~ the alert to revi e or amend specifications to 

1mprove quality. Therefore Government purchasinO' UO"ents 

~m be a urecl that paints they buy under Federal~ pecificatlons are of good and adequate quality. 
Paint Manual 3 

II. GENERAL COMMENTS 

¥ecleral Specifications are prepared by committees coin­

:prised of representatives from the Government agencies having use for the materials or articles, specialists from the 

National Bureau of Standards who deal with the article 

in research or in acceptance tests, and representatives of 

manufacturers producing paint materials. Before promulgation, they are circulated to manufacturers for criticism. 

Federal Specifications are not prepared to cover all commercial products of a type but only those suitable for the 

services of the Government agencies interested. They 

establish minimwn requirements for the service required. 

Some agencies buy materials and articles in quantity, requiring conformance to a designated Federal Specification. 

Other agencies, which contract for the construction of 

buildings or the manufacture o-f articles, require the contractor to use designated materials conforming to the appropriate Federal Specification. Inspection and sampling 

of material may be done at the place of manufacture, at 

point of use, or both. Frequently, an agency adds requirements to the specification in order to meet some specific condition or for some other reason. 

After the specification has been in use for some time, 

slight changes based on experience with the specification, or 

improvements in the material covered by it. re ult in an 

amendment to the original specification, v.-hich includes any 

previous amendments. :More comprehensive changes are 

covered by a complete revision, which is designated by addition of the lower-case letters a. b, c, etc. to the symbol of 

the original i sue. Thus Federal Specification TT-P-7 la. 

Putty indicates the first re,ision of this specification for 

putty. 

Government and other large organizations buy quantities 

of equipment that is surface finished in factorie under 

special conditions for rapid and careful work, often using 

coating material not covered by Federal pecification . In 

general, the specifications for the completed object should 

contain directions for inspecting and te ting the finish after 

it is completed rather than detailed specifications for the 

materials u eel in the ,arious coats. Workman hip on such 

finishes is more important than the material used in mo t 

cases. Several of the Government agencies have had. at one 

time or another Rpecifications for coated surface . Among 
I 

4 Building Materials ancl Structures Reports 

uch specifications are those covering the finish on steel becl­

'tead (Panama Canal), laboratory furniture (Departm~nt 

of A O'riculture), school desks and tables ( Office o:f Indian 

...Vfai;s), and school furniture (District of Columbi~). 

J,"'e<leral Specifications u ually follow the same outlme of 

form and are arranged in nine sections: 

Section A-.Appljcable Specifications. 

Section B-Types, Grades etc. (as applicable). 

ection C-Material and Workmanship, etc. (as applicable). 

ection D-General Requirements. 

Section E-Detail Requirements. 

Section F-)lethods of Sampling, Inspection, and Te~ts. 

ection G-Packaging, Packing, and Marking for Slupment. 

ection H-Requirements Applicable to Individual Departments. •. ection I-.i.:T otes. 

Detail of thi n.rrangement and explanation of each section hrny be found in ''Outline of Form for Federal pecification ','' for nle by the Superintendent of Documents, T. ~­ Government Printing Office, Washington 25, D. ., price 5 cent . Emer(Yency Alternate Federal Specifications were set up 

during the war emer<rency to conserve supplies of strategic 

or critical materials or to provide substitutes for materials 

not available. ymbols for the e specifications are the same 

as for the ha ic Federal pecifications except :for the letter 

"E-" that precedes the symbol, as E-TT-P-115 for 

TT-P-115. Howe,er, :for paint and paint materials, these 

:E_: specifications have been canceled, superseded by reYi ed Federal~ pecifications or incorporated in conservation 

amendment , indicated by asteri k (*). These conservation 

amendments will be considered for revi ion as required. 

'~Willing-to-Certify list are compiled by the National 

Bureau of tandar<ls and distributed to governmental purchasing agencies and to other upon reque t. They include 

tlie nu.me of fh·ms that lrn:rn stated to the National Burean 

of tarnlards they are willing to certify to purchasers that 

tliey can supply commodities guaranteed to conform to 

Federal • pecifications. 

imp1ified Practice Recommendations are proposed by 

mnnufacturers dealers. or nsers, and may be defined as li. ts 
Paint ]Ifanual 5 

of sizes, varieties, and types of products that have been approved for regular stock purposes. The National Bureau 

of Standards cooperates with these groups and promulgates 

the recommended lists of items after they have been approved by producers, distributors, and users. Paints are 

covered by a Simplified Practice Recommendation that 

establishes standards for the number of colors and container 

sizes. 

A price list for all effective Simplified Practice Recommendations may be obtained :free of charge from the National Bureau of Standards. 

Commercial Standards promulgated by the Sational 

Bureau of Standards are voluntary recorded standards approved by producers, distributors, and consumers, covering 

terminology, types, classifications, grades, sizes, and use 

characteristics of manufactured products as a basis for 

better understanding between buyer and seller. They include standards, methods of test, rating, certification, and 

labeling, and provide a uniform basis for fair competition. 

They are made effective by means of voluntary guarantees 

on invoices and labels or by grade marks on the goods 

themselves. 

A price list for all effective Commercial tan<lards may 

be obtained free of charge from the National Bureau of 

Standards. 

ID. COMMENTS ON INDMDUAL MATERIALS 

1. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS 

As a matter of convenience, the composition of paints and 

paint-making materials is sometimes stated in proportions 

by weight, sometimes in proportions by volume and .sometimes in terms of the weight of one constituent added to 

the volume of another. For example when a paint is 

ana.lyzed in the laboratory, the various constituents are 

usually weiD"hed as they are separated, and the convenient 

method of indicating the result is in percentage by weight; 

but when paint is mixed on the job, facilities for weighingmay not be available, and it is usually more convenient to 

proportion the liquids in quarts and gallons. Pigments 

(see glossary) are usually purcha ed and packaged by the 

pound. For example, it is frequently convenient to u e the 

term "100 lb of white lead to 3 gal of linseed oil.'' 
6 Building 11/ate,~ial:s and 'ttUctures Reports 

The density of paint is usually stated in pounds per g3:llon. 

It may be stated a specific gravity, which is the rat10 of 

the weight of paint to that of an equal volume of water. 

Pounds per gallon times 0.12 equals specific gravity. The 

reciprocal of pounds per gallon is a fraction of a gallon 

per pound and is given the special name "bulking value" 

( ee glo sary). It may also be said that the material bulks 

0.1 gal/lb, meaning that it has a bul.1.rirtg value of that 

amount or that it weighs 10 lb/gal. The bulking value oi a 

pigment refers to the volume of liquid displaced by 1 lb 

"'hen wet with the liquid and not to the apparent volume 

of the material when dry, which includes a large percentage 

of air-filled void . The "pigment volume," abbreviated 

PV. (see glo sary) is the ratio of the percentage by volume 

of the pigment in a paint to the percentage by volume of 

pigment plus nonvolatile vehicle ( see glossary) . 

(a) COMPOSITION BY WEIGHT AND BY VOLUME 

To describe a method of converting weight to volume or 

Yolume to weight a ume: 

A = percentage by weight of volatile vehicle 

a== bulking- value of volatile vehicle 

B == percentage by weight of nonvolatile vehicle 

b == bulking value of nonvolatile vehicle 

0 == percentage by weight of pigment 

c == bulking value of pigment 

D == weil,'!ht in pounds of 1 gal of total mixture 

1/D == buTu:ing value of total mixture. 

One lrnnclred pounds of the miAi:ure has a total volume of 

Aa + Bb + C'r! gallons; the bulking value of the mixture is 

(.1 a + Bb + Cc) / 100 =1/D and the percentages by volume 

of the constituents a.re 

100 Aa 100 Aa 

-D-- or Aa + Bb +0 c = E percent by volume of vol­

• a.tile vehicle 

100Bb 100Bb 

Aa + Bb + c or -D-- = F percent by volume o:f nonvolatile vehicle 

100 Or 1 Ore 

G percent by volume of pig­ 1a+Bb+Cc or~= 

ment. 

If the percentage by weight or by volume of any two of 

the tlnee components is known, the percentage of the third 
Paint Manual 7 

is the sum 0£ the two known percentages subtracted from 

100. 	 Thus: 

100 - (A + B) == 0 100- (E +F) == G 

100 - (B + 0) == A 100- (F + G) =E 

100 - (A + C) == B 100 - (E + G) = F 

(b) BASIC SPECIFICATIONS 

Basic specifications are prepared for u e where the normal 

supply of raw materials is available. It will be noted that 

some basic specifications stress detailed requirements for 

chemical composition ( exterior house paints for example) 

whereas others emphasize requirements ha ed on physical 

and performance tests (interior paints and varnishes, for 

example). 

(c) AMENDMENTS TO BASIC SPECIFICATIONS 

Amendments to basic specifications are for the purpo e 

of incorporating slight changes due to experience or improvements in material covered by the specification · war 

emergency amendments, indicated by an a teri k ( *) on the 

first page of the specification, were intended to con .. errn 

strategic or critical war materials and replace those that 

were not available because of the war emerg-ency. The u .. e 

of an asterisk for the same purpo~e i. also indicated -in 

this manual. 

2. LIQUIDS NOT GENERALLY USED ALO TE 

Liquids form the vehicle ( see ofo sary) portion of paint . 

In general, liquids should be purcha. ed by yolume. the unit 

being 1 U. . gal 231 cu in. at 60° F. For larg-e deliverie 

it is suggested that the weight in pound per gallon at 60° F 

and the net weight of the delivery be determined. The 

volume can then be obtained by dividing the net weight by 

the weight per gallon. 

(a) 	Oil; Linseed, Raw 

JJJ-0-336, Apr. 28, 1931 

Amendment 2, l\lay 28, 1943 

Oil; Linseed, Boiled 

JJJ-0-331, )lay 26, 1931 

Amendment 2, May 28, 1943 

Linseed oil is the most important of the drying oil ('-:ee 

glossary)· a drying oil being one that hunges ton relatiYely 
8 Bui7ding Materials and Structures Reports 

hard, tough, elastic substance when exposed in a thin film 

to the air. 

Raw linseed oil is the material from which boiled and 

refined linseed oils ue made and is the most important of 

the liquids used for mixing paint on the job. The quality 

of raw linseed oil is probably more influenced by the presence 

of "foots" ( the mucilaginous matter that gettles to the bo~­

t om of a container) than by other deviations from the specifications. Paint made with oil containing considerable foots, 

but otherwise of high quality, is liable to dry very slowly 

and may easily be washed off long after it appears to be dry. 

As foots gradually settle, clear oil from the upper portion of 

the container may be drawn off. 

It is necessary to use a drier with raw linseed oil; the 

amount varies, but usually for white or very light-tinted 

paint, 1 part of drier to 19 parts of oil is satisfactory. Dark~ 

colored or black paint may require more drier than lighter 

colors. 

Raw linseed oil dries too slowly for most purposes. Thus, 

ns has just been stated, driers are added to the oil to accelerate the rate of drying. Instead of adding driers to raw 

linseed oil at room temperature, another method is to heat 

the oil in combination with compounds of lead, manganese, 

and cobalt. By using heat, these compounds dissohre in the 

hot oil, and the oil thickens slightly and becomes somewhat 

darker in color. This results in a product known as boiled 

linseed oil. The term "boiled" is a misnomer, as, in beating 

the oil, it is not actually boiled. Boiled linseed oil is frequently recommended for priming coats of paint intended 

for use on plaster, cement, and brick. A mixture of raw and 

boiled oils is often used in priming paints for structural 

steel. A blend of good raw oil and drier may be substituted 

for boiled oil. 

(b) Soybean Oil; Refined 
 . JJJ-0-348, June 25, 1942 


. So~bean oil is used largely in edible products rather than 

!n pam~. It is ~lo~---r dT.ng than linseed oil and generally 1 u~ m c<;>mbmatlon W1tb faster drying oils, such as tung, 

per1Ua, or lmseed oils. Its main uses are in varnish vehicles 

for interi~r paints and enamels, bees.use paints made with 

~ybea_n ~11 .do no! yellow as much as many other oils. 

Likew1 e. 1t 1 used m some of the best interior, architectural
Paint Manual 

,,hite enamels ( see glossary) based on synthetic resins ( see 

glossary) of the alkyd type. The type of oil known to rhe 

trade as "mechanically refined nonbreak" should comply 

with Federal Specification JJJ-0-3-18. 

(c) Tung, China Wood Oil; Raw 

JJJ-0-353, Dec. 10, 1943 

Tung oil is one of the chief oils u ed in the manufacture 

of fast-drying, waterproof oil varnishes ( see glossary). The 

most important characteristics for identification of tung 

oil are its high specific gravity and high refractive index. 

Raw tung oil dries rapidly but not to a smooth film, and is 

not used as such in exterior house paints where lin, eed oil 

is almost universally used. Some tung oil prepared by heattreating the raw oil so as to overcome it defects, i used 

in house paints. However, the great use of this oil is in the 

manufacture of oil varni hes used as such, and in varni hes 

and liquids for the manufacture of interior paints, floor and 

deck enamels, water-resisting enamel , and in other specialized finishes. 

(d) 	Turpentine; Gum Spirits and Wood 

(Steam-Distilled and Sulfate), 

(for) Paint 

LLL-T-79lb, July 12, 1941 

Turpentine; Wood (Destrudively-Distilled) 

(for) Paint 

LLL-T-792a, July 12, 1941 

The basis of purchase of turpentine ( section E-na in the 

Federal Specification ) provides for purchase by: a) 

volume, 231 cu in. to the gallon nt 70° F, or (b) weight, 

7.12 to 7.25 lb/gu1. 1\11en purcha e are made by weight, 

quotations should be by the pound or by the hundred 

pounds, and the request for bids shoul l state whether quotation are by the gullon, pound, or hundred pound.. ~ ection 

I-3 in the specifications tate that nothing contained th rein should be construed to exempt the eller from compliance 

with the Federal Naval ~ tore Act or any other lan· npplicable to the selling of turpentine. · Turpentine is one of the oldest and mo t widely used 

volatile thinners for oil paint and for oleore inou varnishes. However, in prepared paint , volatile thinner. derived from petroleum and having the general charaderi tics 
10 Building Jl1ataial8 and J frurture8 Report.<; 

of turpentine are used to a consfrlerable extent. Destrucfrvely <li tilled w-ood turpentine, u ed in the manufacture of 

paint und varni h, is a good solvent, and, in general. can be 

used in place of gum spirits or wood turpentine with good 

result . A ample for odor hould be specified before making purcha es tmcler Federal Specification LLL--T-7fl2a ..At 

pre ent the amount of turpentine available is inadequate to 

meet the demand of the paint and varnish industry. It 

i preferred by the painter because it i not likely to cau~e 

varnishes or paints to thicken or gel when diluted with 1t. 

The characteristic odor makes turpentine easily identified. 

(e) 	Thinner; Paint, Volatile Mineral Spirits 

TT-T-291a, July 26, 1945 

Volatile mineral spirits should be purchased by volume. 

231 cu in. to the gallon. The basis of purchase :for mineral 

spirit i given in detail in paragraph F-4a of the Federal 

pecification. 

Federal pecification TT-T-291 covers a petrolemn distillate known as mineral spirits or petroleum spirits; it 

evaporate at about the same rate as turpentine and is frequently used in its tead for thinning oil paints. It distills 

b tween kero ine and Y.:U. & P. (Yarnish Makers and 

PainteL) naphtha. Chemically, it is a mixture of aliphatic, 

naphthenic and aromatic (see glo ary) hydrocarbons. It 

~houlcl evaporate completely from the film during the drylDO' period; otherwi e, heavy encl , which do not evaporate, 

may hinder drying or prevent drying of the paint to a sati. ­ factory film. Its weight per gttllon varies considerably, but 

an aYerage figure is about 6% lb. Some varnishes may not 

be entirely mi. cible with mineral spirits. Because of the 

pre ent limited production of turpentine, it is advisable to 

u e other thinner. whenever possible; in muny ca es. mineral . pirit. are entirely atis-fa tory a a ubstit11te for tnrpentme, and in almost all case. can replace at least a part of 

the turpentine. 

(f) 	Drier; Paint, Liquid 

TT-D-651a, Aug 28, 1942 

1:'wo types of liquid dr:ier are c~~erecl in.Federal Specification TT-D-651a. Drrnrs con 1 t of metallic soap or 

ult of org-anic acid di. peNecl in suitable media thinned to 

a liquid with petroleum . pirit • turpentine, or a mixture 
Paint Manual 11 

t~rnreof_ ar~d are f</r use in paints or imilar finishing materrnls. Resmates, lmoleates. and naphthenates are permitted. 

Type I driers can for both lead and manganese and may 

also contain cobalt or any other drying metal; type I driers 

are intended for general u e, the minimum percentages of 

lead and mangane e repre enting the normal amounts required for use with raw lin eed oil in the ratio of 1 volume 

of liquid drier (see glossary) to 1D volumes of oil. Type II 

driers should be free from lead. contain not less than 0.6 

percent of cobalt, and be u eel where lead-free driers are 

necessary. Both driers are much like short-oil thin varni he , except for their larger content of drying metal . The 

specification limits the total nonvolatile matter to not more 

than 30 percent by weight. The addition of insufficient 

drier to a paint result in the paint drying too slowly; the 

addition of too much drier may also cause the paint to dry 

too low·Iy or may produce other unde irable re u1ts, such as 

wrinkling of the film. A good rule i to use the minimum 

amount of drier consistent with the drying rate required 

of the paint. 

(g) 	Thinner; Lacquer 

TT-T-266t Apr. 20, 1942 

Federal Specification TT-T-266 cover, a volatile thinner 

intended for u e in connection wjth spraying lacquer conforrnjng to Federal pecifica6on TT-L-5<. Material meeting this specification ,,m weigh from 6. ~ to 7.16 lb/<Tal at 

15.5° C (60° F) nnd should be purcha. ed by volume, 231 

?U in. to the gallon. A typical formula for a lacquer thinner 

is as follows: 

Weight

Percent 

Butyl acetate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 

Butyl alcohol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 

Ethyl a<>t>tate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1~ 

Petroleum naphtha. . . . . . . . . . 1,) 

To1n ne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4!'1 

Totnl 	 ................. 100 


(h) 	Oil; Flatting and Mixing (for Thinning White-Lead-Paste 

and irnilar Paste Paints) 

TT-0-356a, Aug. 30, 1943 

CLA 1. FLATTING 01L.-This i a complete Yehicle for 

thinning white-lead pa te and imilur pa te paints and 

GGU4j 0-4:5-2 
12 Building M aterial8 and I tructul'e,· Repod,· 

composed of processed drying oils u11:d drier thinned with 

turpentine, mineral spirits, or. a. mixture th~reof ;_ when 

added to white-lead paste and s1m1lar paste pamts, 1t produces flat, washable, interior finishes for use on pla ter, 

wood, wallboard~ and fabric surfaces. A flat finish may be 

obtained by adding 2 or 3 gal of flatting oil to 100 !b of 

white-lead paste. New plaster and wood should be pruned 

in the usual manner before applying the flat-finished coat. 

Flatting oil. is also used as a vehicle for glaze colors on 

pla ter by mixing some o-f the oil with colors-in-oil, sucl1 

as umber, sienna, and Yan Dyke brown. 

Flatting oils weigh about 7 lb/gal at 60° F. 

Cw\. s 2, MIXING OIL.-This is also a complete vehicle 

for thinning white-lead paste and similar paste paints, and 

is composed o-f processed drying oils -with or without res~ns, 

drier , turpentine, and mineral spirits. It is used for fimshcoat paint for exterior surfaces where low-gloss or eggshell 

finishes are desired and for interior decoration where finishes 

having a gloss higher than those obtainable with class 1. 

flatting oil, are desired. :Mixing oil may be u ed in the 

proportion of 3 gal of mixing oil to each 100 lb of whitelead pate. 

The average weight of mixing oil is 7 lb/gal. 

(i) 	Oil; Linseed-Replacement 

(for Thinning Paints and 

Pastes-in-Oil) 

TT-0-371, l\lay 1, 1943 

Amendment 2, l\Iarch 17. 1944 

Linseed-replacement oil should be purchased by volume, 

231 cu in. to the gallon. The weight of 1 U. S. gal of this 

m~tetial at 60° F varies slightly but generally it will fa1l 

w1tlnn the range of 7.3 to 7.5 lb/gal. 

Linseed-replacement oil is a mixing or thinning oil 

blended before packaging and is used widely in thinning 

paste white lead on the job and ready-prepared paints. 

Tl~e material i a replacement for either raw linseed oil. 

thmner, and drier or for boiled linseed oil and thinner. 

Although linseed-replacement oil was prepared during the ':ar peri?d _and was de ignecl to aid in the conservation of 

l m eed 01 l, 1t hould not be considered as a .mere sub. titnte 

for lin eed oil. The replacement oil contain heat-bodied 
1•) Paint Manual ,, 

linseed oil, and some paint experts consider that the presence 

of this oil makes the replacement oil actually superior to 

ordinary raw or boiled linseed oil, both in toughness and 

water resistance. 

In many war emergency amendments to Federal Specifications for oil paints, the vehicle specified is intended to conserve linseed oil. For example, the amendment to Federal 

Specification TT-P-40 provides a vehicle specified in Federal Specification TT-0-371 for Linseed-Replacement Oil, 

except that the requirements for appearance, color, and 

viscosity (see glossary) are waived. This can be accomplished by using a vehicle that may consist of 35 percent 

by weight of thinner and drier and 65 percent by weight of 

oil composed of 3 parts of raw or alkali-refined (see glossary) linseed oil and 2 parts of Z-2 pale heat-bodied linseed 

oil. The amendment requires that some heat-bodied oil be 

present but does not limit the amount or kind. Heat-bodied 

oil used in replacement oil should be bodied at low temperatures and should have an acid number (see glossary) of . not more.than 8, based on total solids. In all exterior paints 

except black and graphite. the pounds of oil per gallon must 

be not more than 3.75 (to meet War Production Board 

Order M-332* as amended April 12, 1944, the purpose of 

which is to conserve the supply of domestic linseed oil). 

Normally these paints contain about 5 lb of oil per gallon. 

Amendment 2 of Federal Specification TT-0-371 provides :for two types of linseed-replacement oil: type I, with 

driers added, and type II without driers. 

Type I is :for thinning paints or pastes, mixed on the 

job, which require a drying type of thinning liquid; type 

II is :for thinning ready-mixed paints or pastes that already 

contain sufficient drier. Neither type is intended to produce 

flat paints. 

The attention of paint users is directed to National 

Bureau of tanclards Letter Circular LC717. Conservation 

of Linseed Oil in Paint, a copy of which may be obtained 

:free of charge from the National Bureau of Standards, 

Washington 25, D. C. 

The formulas given in table 1 involve the mixing of paste 

white lead with linseed-replacement oil [1].1 

*This order was revoked on Aug. 31, 1945. 

1 Figures in brackets indicate the literature refer(>nces at the end of this 

paper. 
• •• •••• •• ••• 

TAnu,: 1.-Linsecd-rcvlacrmcnt oil formulas for reducing pastr wllite lead to J)aint .+­

Typo oC wort, 

New <'Xterlor wood (thr<'I' 

coats) .... · · • · · • · · · · 

New exterior wood (two 

con.tl:i) ········ ...... 

Repainting wood exterior 

1-0xte,to, ,one,ote, stucco, 

and asbestos <'<>!llPllt 

shinglel:l · · · · · · · · · · · · · 

Exterior brick common. · 

Repainting brick, stucco, 

corwr<'h~ and nsbeR(Otl 

shingles ............ 

Unpainted int<>rior, plns­ ter and wallboard ..•.. 

Unpainted intNior, ploR­ ter aud walll.Joard (:! 

coats) .............. 

Repainting interior, plai.­ ter and wallboard ..... 

I Coat 

{Priming roat ... Hecond coat .... Gloss .finish .... 

}Priming roat 1 •. 

Gloss finh;l.l .... 

}Flrst cont ..... Gloss finish .... f.:!::'~~·.i~r.::: 

Glos!< finish .... Semigloss .finisll. 

}Priming cont ... 

I Second C~ftt · · · · Glo:'!R flntRh ..•• 

Semigloss finish. 

}FirRt roat ..... 
 GloRs finish .... 
 JSemigloss finisll . 


}	Priming coat ... Second cont .... Flat finish ..... 

}Priming coat ••• Flat finish ....• 

}First coat ..... Flat finish ..... 

C'ovt>rnge

Roft-paRtc I Linseeu- I I (spreading I Flatting white lead replact>ment turpentine J>ur" oil Yield rat<.') per I 
 t,;:, on I 
 gallon ~ 

,:,,.. ""· 

17, 
 gal gal gal gal ft~ R..

600 ~­ 1()0 4 
 2
 ········· ... 9'/i

]OD 1 ¥.a ............ 
 6 1,.i 700 ~ 

100 
 e !11 ............ 
 6% 700
 ,i ············ !iOO ~ lOO 2%, 6
 ············ . ··········· .,.... 700 ~ 

100 
 31,4 GIJ.i ... ········· ············ ............ 
 700 ~ 

100 
 2
 2 
 7% "'• 100 
 3~ ............ 
 01tfi 700 ... ········· g14 200
 ~ 100 
 5
 ..... "i ..... ... ········· 100 
 2
 ............ 
 6l/i. 400 . ........... 
 500 ;::s 100 
 31.4 . . . . . ·2 ..... 1
 ............ 
 i~ 500 R.. 100 


100 
 5
 %, ............
 9
 200 VJ

<:'-i­ 3
 1
 ............ 
 71.,i 400
 100 
 "":i ............ 
. . . . . 0% 500
 100 
 311. ·2 ..... 1
 ............ 
 0%, 500 100 
 ~ 

1
 61,4 400 100 
 2
 . .. ········· 500
 "'t 100 
 314 
 .······ ..... . . . . . ·2 ..... 1
 i~ 500 Co 100 
 ······· ····· 5 
 ............
 81A, 600
 100 
 ..... 'i ..... 100 
 2
 (Pl~ 800 r 

2
 51,4 800 "'I:::: 100 
 ············ ············ <::i

..., 

,,:;. 4
 . .. .. ·2 ...•. 600 :r. 100 
 ········· ... 7~

100 
 5~ 800
 ... ········· ············ 1
 61,4 800
 100 
 ....... ····· 
 2
 5%, 800
 100 
 . .. .... ..... ······· ~ 

..... 

1 Add 1k pint of raw umber in oil to this formula. 
Paint l'Janual 15 

3. PIGMENTS 

Pigments form the solid portion of paint and are practically insoluble in the vehicle or liquid portion. The following section describes the various pigments, including white, 

black, colored, and metallic aluminum, covered by Federal 

Specifications: 

(a) White Lead; Basic-Carbonate, Dry, 


Paste-in-Oil, and Sernipaste 


containing Volatile Thinner 


TT-W-251b, May 30, 1945 

White Lead; Basic-Sulfate, Dry 

and Paste-in-Oil 

TT-W-261a, Oct. 25, 1937 

Amendment 2, Sept. 6, 1943 

'White lead, a component of almost all white and lightcolored paints, is one of the most important white paint 

pigments. Both kinds, basic-carbonate and basic-sulfate, are 

frequently used in ready-mixed paints. For paint mixed on 

the job, paste-in-oil is used, whereas the dry pigment is 

used by the paint manufacturer. The term "white lead" 

paste is used to designate the usual paste white lead composed of about 91 percent of basic-carbonate white lead and 

9 percent of linseed oil, or ·s9 percent of basic-carbonate 

white lead, 2 percent of turpentine, and 9 percent of linseed 

oil. ·when referring to white lead in ready-mixed paint, the 

term may mean either basic-carbonate white lead or basicsulfate white lead; this latter material is used to a large 

extent in commercially prepared, exterior, ready-mixed 

paints. 

There are two types of commercial white-lead paste-­

heavy paste and soft paste. Type B, paste-in-oil, is a heavypaste white lead. Type C is a soft, or semipaste, of recent 

development and is similar to the heavy paste, except for 

the addition of a small amount ( about 2 percent) of turpentine. It is more easily removed from the container and 

mixed with vehicle than type B and thus is preferred to 

type B by most user. 

One hundred pound of either type of paste approximates 

31,4 gal. One gallon weighs about 30 lb. .As t~ere has ~een 

some tendency in the past to add too much lmseed 011 to 

white-lead paste, it is suggested that tables 2, 3 and 4 be 

consulted for the correct proportions. National Bureau of 
---

---

---

16 Building Materiala and Structures Reports 

Standards Letter Circular LC717, mentioned in connection 

with linseed-replacement oil, gives additional details on 

this point. Instead of mixing white-lead paint on the job with a 

combination of several materials such as liquid drier, turpentine, and linseed oil. it may be easier to use a single 

liquid, such as: Oil: Linseed-Replacement (Fed. Spec. 

TT-0-371), or Oil : Flatting and Mixing, ( Fed. Spec. 

TI-0-356a). This is illustrated in tables 1 and 5. 

TABLE 2.-Painting exterior new wood (3 coats), using ordinary 

linseed oil and white-lead paste 

[Mixed-on-the-job formulas] 

Formulas 

Materials Priming Body Finish

coat coat coat 

-1001 White lead, semipaste (TT-W-25lb, type 0)•••••.•••. Zb._ 100 100

Raw 4 172 3~1 linseed oil (JJJ--0-336)••.•........••......••...••••gaL 


T~rine ?'LL-T-79Ib)I or mineral spirits_(TT-T-gaL 2 172 --··1 Liquid drier (TT...:>--65Ia) ••••••••...••.••....••••••.•• pL 1 l

Quantity - 6§.-1 or pamt produced ..•.•.•••..•..•.•.•.••..••••c,al.. 9!8 6H 

1 For the finish coat, some users may want a lead-zinc paint. In this case, use 75 lb or the white-lead paste and 25 lb or zinc-oxide paste (TT-Z-301). 

'For a harder film, the linseed oil may be reduced to as low as 2~ gal. In this case, 2 to 3 pt of turpentine should be added. 1 For priming wood, turpentine is preferred by some painters. 

TABLE 3.-Painting exterior new wood (2 coats), using ordinary 

linseed oil and wkite-lead paste 

{Mixed-on-the-Job formulas] 

Formulas 

Materials Priming coat Finish 

coat (1) 

Finish 

coat (2) 1 

100 100

1~ 3~ 2Ji :aTur~~~~wimr~rJ).~~~~~~-t:.~-~!:==========,,:=: 100 

pentme (LLL-T-79Ib)i or mineral spirits (TT-T- Ji ---·i···· 1 I i:,J di::ri~tr-~1ac===========================~== 

72 

8~~b ~i!~]2f~ ----·----­ ---------· 1>------------------------- pt__ ij ( >----·----------------.•______gal•• 

Quantity of paint produced•••.••.••.••. .••..•••••.•.•.c,al•• --6-.!---,·'---6~__.__6_-"'_ 

"' 1 Alternate finish-coat formula (2) meets Federal Housing Authority requirements and ..ves a harder film than formula (1). 

1 For priming wood, turpentine is preferred by some painters. 
------

Paint JIanual 17 

TABLE 4.-Repainting e:rterior wood (2 coats), 11tsing ordinarv 

linseed oil and white-lead paste 

[Mixed-on-the-job formulas] 

Formulas 

Materials 

Priming Finlsh coat coat 

fhiir.lead, semipaste (TT-W-25lb, type C>---------------------- l/J__ 100 100 aw m~eed oil (JJJ-0-336) _______________________________________gaL 2 37,( Tor L. ~J1:-e (LLL-T-79lb) or mineral spirits (TT-T-29la). ______gaL 2 1qw 1er (TT-D-651a) ________________________________________ pt.. 1 1 

Quantity of paint produced_______________________________________gal.. 7)8 

TABLE 5.-Painting inte1--ior plaster, wallboard, and wood (S coats), 

using white-lead paste 

(Mixed-on-the-job formulas] 

I

Finish Priming I Body Finish coat, Materials coat coat coat semigloss I FORMULAS 

W~i.te le~d, semipaste (TT-W-251b, type C) lb.. 100 100 100 tlixmg 011 (TT-0-356a, class 2) ______________ gal.. 4 to 5 3 to 4 3 to 4 Vall primer (TT-P-56).____________________gaL --------·- ---------- ---------­

Quantity of paint produced_________________gaL 7!,i to 6!,i to 67,( to 

811 7!! N 

ALTERNATE FORMULAS 

50Hf 

3 

--6-­

iihite_-lead,semipaste (TT-W-251b, type C) lb__ 

T 

aw lmsced oil (JJJ-0-336) __________ ________gal__ 

urpentine (LLL-T-79lb) or mineral spirits 

i~~1:hT(T~~l,;:naf"_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_~~~~~--~~~~--~~:t~ 1quid drier (TT-D-65la) __________________ pl.. 

Quantity of paint produced_________________gaL 

100 

3 

I!{ 

2 

I 

100 100 100 

61 ' ; ~ 

An easy way to mix white-lead paint, when scales and 

'Weights are not a,ailable, is to measure the materials by 

volume. This plan is illu trated in figure 1 [2]. 

(b) 	Zinc-Oxide; Dry and Paste-in-Oil 

TI-Z-301, Mar 31, 1931 

Zinc-Oxide; Leaded, Dry and Pa le-in.Oil 

Tf-Z-321, June 23, 1931 

Zinc oxide ( see o-lo sary) with ;·arying properties is made 

:from ore ( American process) or from spelter (French 
REPAINT WORK-----­

OUTSIDE WOOD BRICK, STUCCO, CONCRETE (INCLUDING WOOD SHINGUSI 

'111ST (OAl f1Nl5H CO.Ar ·t AND STONE

flUf COAf flNISH COAf

- ~~

'i

Ut!!..':IN,:-., 

, L10UID;1 ........ 
 ~ z

0111111 Add '• pint to eoch gollon of point, II raw I
 NO DRIER HQUIRID m....d oU It ....d . Boned linaaed oil ,.q.. irH no drier. 

• far flat nni1h on thinglH u,e L•od Mixing Oil intl•ad • far 91011 llni1h 111• fln,..d oil in11ead of lead Mlalft9 

of lir,ued oil In tlli1 coat, No drier reqwirad. OIi in thlt coot. U1• drier 01 par nole optt01lte. 

INTERIOR PLASTER, WALL 


BOARD AND WOODWORK 


r,asr AND 

flNISH COAfS 

(fl.A\' flNISH) 

NO 


DRIER 


RIQUIHD 

~ 

~ 

~ ~­ ~ 

~ ~ ...... 

~ 

't 

Co 

~ 

[ 

.... 

~ 

"'.:l 

~ -------NEW WORK------­ c:,

us1 PROPER PRIMING COAT BELOW FOLLOWED BY TWO COATS MIXED AS PER DIAGRAMS AIOVI ­

"l: 

OUTSIDE WOOD INTERIOR WOOD BRICK (" STUCCO, CONCRm INTERIOR PLASTER (ltl<lllOINO WOOO $HINOlH) 

3 Partt WHITE UAD AND STONE AND WALLBOARD 3 Pam WHITI LEAD 3 Parts WHITI UAD 

4 ,-,fl UNSHD OIL * 3 Pam LINSIID OIL * S Porta UNSUD OIL ill 4 Pam WMm LIAO TT-P-56 

2 Ilana TUIIIINTINI 2 llalft TURPINflNI ) Part TUIIPINTINI 3 '-rtt UNSHD OIL IOIII 

a ,.,,. WHm LIAD :I Pam UAO MIXING OIL 4 '-tt UAD MIJUNO OfL • Add }: plnl drier lo each 9allo11 of pafnl If raw linseed aU 11 v1ed. , B611ed oil requl,.. 110 drier, (T-r- o-.,..se a) 

~ 

c,:, 

~ 

~ ~ 

"l: 

~ 

li'IGURE l.-Vo"1m1c-mi.vi11g tlircotions for soft-paste white leaa TT-W-251b, 
Paint 11!anual 

process). l\1ade by either process it may differ in color 

and oil ab orption. Hence, a purchaser should have an 

agreed-upon sample for color, color strength~ and oil absorption. Zinc oxide alone ·with linseed oil give a paint that 

chalks le s readily than most other linseed-oil paints (see 

glo sary) but dries to a hard film that tends to check and 

crack. It is added to the chalking type of pigment to 

harden the film, to help retain the color of light tints, and 

to retard the formation of mildew. Paint mixed-on-the-job 

may contain either zinc-oxide or low-leaded zinc-oxide (. ee 

glo ary) paste -in-oil. In general, 11ot more than 1 lb of 

either type of zinc-oxide pa te-in-oil honlcl be u eel with 

3 lb of white-lead paste or semipaste. 

By weight an a\"erage zinc-oxide pa te-in-oil meeting the 

specification contains 3 J)ercent of pigment and 17 percent 

o~ oil; by volume, ±:I: percent of pigment and 5<> percent of 

ml; and 1 gal ,veighs about 25 lb. 

(c} Red Lead; Dry and Paste-in-Oil 

TT-R-19la, July 5, 1938 

Amendment 2, May 28, 1943 

Red lead is used in paint for priming iron and steel surfaces. Federal Specification TT-R-191a cover two type. 

and three grade · as follows: 

TYPEI,DilY TYPE Il, PA.STE-I~-OIL 

Grade A ......85 percent. Grade B ...... 03 percent. 

Grade B ......95 percent. Grade C ......07 percent. 

Grade C ......97 percent. 

Type I, dry red lead, may vary somewhat in spec~fic 

gravity, becoming slightly lighter as the tn~e. reel le~ld mcrea es. Grade A B, and C haT"e a pec1fic gravity of 

a~out .9, and 1 gal of dry red lead weighs about 74 lb 

with a bullring value of about 0.0135 gal/lb. 

Type II, pate-in-oil, has nn averaO'e pecific gravity of 

5.37 and shows an averao·e weio-ht per gallon of about 45 Jb. 

Formulas for mixin<Y r:<l-lead~paint on the job are given 

~ table 6 and . ~he priming paint in table 6 .weig~1s 

2o lb/gal and has a PV of 30. The formulas O'JVen m 

table 8 produce paint that have a PY of 36 and .dry s011fewhat harder and with le glo s, and allow recoatmg earlier 

than paint. who e vehicle is high in oil ( a in table 6). 
------

--

~O Building illaterials and Structures Reports 

TABLE 6.-Painting iron and steel ( exposed to the weather), U8ing 

red lead and ordinary linseed oil 

Formulas (mixed-on-the-job For the finish coat, any of the following Federal 

Materials Specification ready-mixed 

Priming paints may be usedcoat Body 

coat 

Red lead paste (TT-R-191, types B or C) ______________________________ l/i__ 100 TT-P-3la (red or brown). 

Raw linseed oiJ1 (JJJ-0-336)..........gaL 100 'IT-P-40 (white, gray, etc.). 

Turpentine (LLL-T-79lb) or min- l ;1i lJ l\ 

TT-P~Ia (black). TT-P-7la (green). 

LLiquidbldriker. (TTil-(DT--65Tpla).. _________ pt.. 

eral spirits (TT-T-29la) __________ pt.. 1Y2 

IY2 1r; 

amp ac -m-o - -381) ••••...• pt.. ---------­ , 4 

Quantity of paint produeed..........gal.. 


1 ir boiled linseed oil (JJJ-0-331) is used, omit drier, and the oil may be increased to 2 gal. 

TABLE 7.-Painting iron and steel (exposed to the weather), using 

blue lead and ordinary linseed oil 

\ Formulas For the finish coat, any of the following Federal Materials 

(mixed-on-the-job) 

Specification ready-mixed 

Priming paints may be usedcoat Body 

coat 

TT-P-3la (red or brown). Boiled lim,eed oiJI (JJJ-0-331)...•...gaL Dlue lead paste (TT-B--486, type B). lb•• 100 100 TT-P-40 (white, gray, etc.). 

Turpentine (LLL-T-79lb) or min­ 2% 2:Y.i TT-P-6la (black). rai spirits (TT-T-29la) __________ pt•. 2 2 'l'T-P-71a (green). Liquid drier (TT-D-65la) ___________ pt.. 1 1 Lampbla.ck:-in-oil (TT-P-381) •...•.•. pt__ :!i 

Qu:mtity of paint produced__________gaL (i~ 6H 

1 If raw linseed oil is employed, use l qt oi drier. 

(d) Blue-Lead; Basic Sulfate, Dry and 

Paste-in-Oil 

TT-B-486, Oct. 2, 1934 

Amendment 1, May 28, 1943 

Blue lead i a late-gray ·ublimed pigment that contains 

approximately 75 percent of basic-lead ·ulfate and generally 

more than :20 percent of other lead compound . Blue-lead 

oil paint · bru h ea ily and are durable for priming tructural 

steel. Blue lead is also u ed in special vehicles designed 

for marine u e . 

. Type A, dry pigment, is a blue ba ic-lead sulfate useful 

m th manufacture of type B. pa ·te-in-oil, or ready-1nixed 
_________ _ 

Paint .Manual 21 

TABLE 8.-Painting iron or steel (exposed to the weather), using 

red or blue lead and linseed-replaceinent oil 

Materials 

Formulas (mixed-on-the-job) 

Priming IDody coat coat 

For the finj b coat, any or the following Federal pecification ready-mixed paints may be usPdRED LEAD 

Red lead paste (TT-R-19la, types B or C___________________________ __ lb__ 100 100 TT-P-3la (red or brown). 

'l'urpentine (LLL-T-79lb) or min­ ~ral spirits (TT-T-29la) ___________gaL y H TT-P-40 (white, ifOY, etc.). 2 

LinSeed-replaeement oil (TT--0-371). gaL 2 2 TT-P-6la (black). Lampblack paste (TT-P-381) ________ pt__ %: TT-P-7la (green). 

Quantity of paint produced__________gaL_ 4],s 

BLUE LEAD 

!31ue lead paste (TT-B-4 6, type B). lb__ 100 furpentine (LLL-T-79lb) or min­ ~ral spirits (TT-T-29la) __________gaL · !2 

Lmsee!l-replacement oil (TT-0-371). gaL 2:!i Lampblack paste (T'l'-P-381) ________ pL _________ _ 

100 

1 2

2~ 

;!-i 

TT-P-3la (red or brown). 

'fT-P-40 (white, gray, etc. TT-P-6la (black). TT-P-7la (green). 

Quantity of paint produccd__________gaL 6:l,11 6~ 

paint, as described in Federal Specilication TT-P-20. One 

gallon of dry blue lead weighs about 57 lb. 

_Type B, paste-in-oil, is used for blue-lead paint to be 

mixed on the job. One gallon of the paste-in-oil weigh 

~bout 30 lb. Formulas for mixing blue-lead paint on the 

Job are given in tables 7 and . The formulas for priming 

coats in table 7 pro<luce paint weighing about 20 lb/ga] and 

having a PV of 29. The formula for priming coat in table 

8 produces a paint weighing about 19 lb/gal and having a 

PY of 34. This formula give a paint that drie. harder and 

with less p:lo s ::m<l allow, recoatinp: earlier than a paint 

whose vehicle is high in oil ( as in table 7). 

(e) Aluminum Pigment Powder and Paste 

(for) Paint 

TT-A-468, l\Iar. 6, 1942 

Ah~minum pigment is largely pure m~taIμc alumi}lum ~,nd 

co_!ltams appreciable amounts of "~olishrnO' lubricant, a 

mixture of stearic and other fatty amds. The total amount 
22 Building Materials and Structures Reports 

of the combined and uncombined fatty matter varies from 

less than 1 percent by weight to not more than 4 percent. 

This specification covers two types and two classes of 

_ aluminum pigment: 

Type I.-Aluminum-pigme~t powder. 


Class A.-For general pamt use. 


Class B.-For special finishes. 


Type II.-Aluminum-pigment paste. 


Class A.-For general paint use. 


Class B.-For special finishes. 


Aluminum-pigment paste weighs about 12.4 lb/gal. 

Class .A aluminum-pigment powder is known commercially as Standard Varnish Grade. Class B aluminumpigment powder is finer than class A and is known in the 

trade as Extra Fine Lining Grade. 

Forqmlas for mixing aluminum paint on the job are given 

in table 9. 

TABLE 9.-Aluminum paint 

{Mixed-on-the-job formula.~] 

Mixing formulas 


Purpose 


Aluminum 
 Varnish 

gal lb TT-V-81a, type I, class B. 1 wood. Do.................... 

Priming coat on exterior TT-A--468, class A, paste.. 2 

TT-V-81a, type I, class A. l Bodycoatonexteriorstee11 TT-A--468, class A, paste.. 21:)4 

TT-A--468, class A, powder 114 

TT-V-Sla, type II, class B 1 Finish coat on exterior TT-A--468, class A, paste.. 2 TT-V-81a, type II, class B 1 steel Do.................... TT-A--468, class A, powder 2 TT-V-Sla, type II, class A 1 Finish coat on interior steel TT-A-468, class A, paste.. 2 TT-V-71a........ __ ----··· 1 
 TT-V-7la_______ .•....---- 1 

S~:fm~!~1:i::iot~~:~ TT-A--468, B, paste.. 1~ 

Do.•..•.....••........ TT-A--468,classA, powder 2 


TT-V- la, class B. ----·· 1 

Do..•........•........ TT-A--468,classB,powder ~ TT-V-8la, class A ------· l ~eating coat to prevent TT-A--468, c'ass A, paste •• 2~ TT-V-71a'.-·-·······-···· l bleeding of stains. 

1 Aluminum is not recommended as a priming coat for steel. 
 2 The addition of U lb of iron-blue paste (TT-P-381) is recommended. 


i The addition of pt of mineral spirits (TT-T-29la) ts recommended. 


In purchasing aluminum paste or powder, it is advisable 

that the material should match a. mutually-agreed-upon 

sample for smoothness luster and appearance. Both 
__________ 

_________ 

Paint 1,JanuaZ 23 

powder and paste mix easily with long-oil (see glossary) varnish, such as described in Federal Specification 

TT-V-81a. In general, the amount of alumi:p.um pigment 

in the completed paints is less than 20 percent by weight and 

8% percent by volume. The PY is less than 18. An average 

mixing formula is 2 lb of class A aluminum powder or 

paste to 1 gal of mixing varnish. 

(f) Pigments; Colors-in-Oil 

(for) Paint 

TT-P-381, July 27, 1944 

The colors-in-oil listed in Federal Specification TT-P-3 1 

are pigments ground in a vehicle of about Opercent linseed 

oil and 20 percent volatile solvent, with a small amount o:f 

wetting or dispersing agent to form paste o:f a consi tency 

that will flow from the containers. 

TABLE 10.-Characteristics of colors-in-oil for paint 

l<'etlcral specification ;~e~~J. ri~~i/t Colors for pigment content gallon weight) 

(pounds) minimum 

Blacks: Color IA-bone black ________________________ TT-B-600___________ 51 Color lB-carbon black, high-color __________ _ 'l"l'-0-1.!0, cla:.s..A ___ 7. 9 10 

Color 1 C-carbon black, standard all-purpose 

10. 

TT-0-120, class B ___ i. 9 10 Bg~;~r ID-lampblack_________________________ TT-L-70____________ 8. 7 28 

Color 2A-iron-blue_________________________ _ 'l'T-I-677____________ 9. 9 4 .Bt~~~~/B-ultramarine-blue__________________ 'l'T-U-450----------- 13. 2 70 


Color 3A-metallic brown____________________ 
 TT-M-25L________ 17. 9 75 

TT- -346____________ 12. 7 55 TT-U-4 !_ 12. 8 55 TT-U-48L_________ 12.4 65 

Greena: g~m IE=;]r ~~;!====================== TT-C-235___________ 16. 4 70 g~Jor 4A-chrom~ green:--------------------­ Or or 411-chrommm-o.:ude-green _____________ T'l'-0-306----------- 19. 6 i5 

anges: TT-0-290, type \Y___ 23.9 79 

R~~~or 5B-chrome orange, light_______________ Color SA-chrome orange, dark_______________ TT-0-290, type IV__ 23.9 i9 

TT-I-511, type IL__ 21. 9 80 TT-I-511, type!____ 21.9 80 

TT-M-3 !_ 1 .1 75 

Color GA-iron-oxide, bright-red ______________ 

'l T-T-562___________ 9.1 47 Jj!tf~~if~f~~~;:~\\~~~~~~~~~~~~~=~~ TT-V-226_________..._ 16. 5 i6

TT-C-290, type IL_ 20.6 i6 


Color 7B-chrome-yellow, medium___________ 
 Color 7A-chrome-yellow, lemon_____________ 'l"l'-0-290, type IIL 20.6 75 


Color 70-chrome-yellow, primrose___________ 
 TT-C-290, type!____ 20.6 75 TT-0-12L_____ ____ 14. 7 iO 

TT- -346____________ 12. 3 55 TT-Y-216___________ 13. 9 60 g~m ~E~i~ii!~~:i~~================= 
2-1: Building J.l!aterials and Structures Reports 

Table 10 column 1, gives the names of these colors. 

Column 2 r;fers to Federal Specifications for content of dry 

pigment. Column 3 gives approximate weight in p_ounds 

per United States gallon of the soft paste conformmg to 

the specification, and column 4 gives the minimum percentage by weight of pigment in the soft paste. . Following are the intended uses of the various p1gments­


in-oil described in table 10: 


BLACK.s.-This group covers four black pigments used for 


tinting and solid colors :-boneblack; high-color carbon 


black, all-purpose carbon black, and lampblack.. C_ar~on 


black and lampblack are stronger than boneblack m tmtmg 

strength, and lampblack is most frequently used. Boneblack 

and carbon black are blacker than lampblack. All these 


color pastes produce paints suitable for '"trim colors" ( ~ee 


glossary) by thinning the paste to brushing consistency with 

a vehicle composed of 3 parts of linseed oil, 1 part of spar 

varnish (see glossary), and 1/z part of liquid drier, by 

volume. 


Synthetic black iron oxide (not included as a color-in-oil 

in the above list) is a black pigment covered by Federal 

Specification TT-I-698. This pigment consists of oxides ~f 

iron, and has a )ecific gravity of about 4.7. It is use~ m 

black metal protective paints, and for tinting and blendmg 

purposes. 

BLUE .-This group covers two blue pigments-iron 

blue ( also called Prussian blue) and ultramarine blue. Iron 

~lue has a relatively low specific gravity and high bulk an.d 

1s stronger than ultramarine blue. For tints, iron blue 1s 

Yery susceptible to the action of alkalies, however wea~

whereas ultramarine blue is not affected by alkalies but 1s 

a_ffected ev~n by weak acids. Although both colors, in either 

hnts or sohd colors, have fair permanency when exposed to 

the weather, a newer blue pigment known as copper

pht~~]~yanine blue is more durable, in light or "shuttt;

blue tints. Federal Specification TT-C-610 covers thrn 

newer pigment. 

n~owNs.-This group covers four brown pigments: me

tallic brown, burnt sienna burnt umber and raw umber

Metalli? bro~ is adt_tptabl~ as a trim colo~, but is used mor

a a sohd pamt and 1s durable for paintincr barns tin roofs

n?d.freight cars. The other brown pigments are ~itable fo

tmtmg purposes and for stains. They are among the mos

durable when exposed to the weather. 
Paint !JIan ual 25 

Another brown pigment (not included as a color-in-oil in 

the above list) is synthetic brown iron oxide covered by 

Federal Specification TT-I-702. This pigment consists of 

oxides of iron and has a specific gravity of about 4.5. It is 

used in various types of paints an<l enamels. 

GREENs.-This group covers two green pigments: chrome 

green and chromium-oxide green. Chrome green consists of a mixture of two pigments, chrome yellow and iron blue; it 

covers a variety of light, medium, and dark chrome greens 

used both for tinting purposes and for solid trim colors. 

Chrome greens are brighter and stronger than chromiumoxide greens, but they are not as permanent and are sensitiYe 

to alkalies. Chromium-oxide green consists of a single pigment, chromium oxide, and is used with white for tinting 

purposes to give soft, gray-green tints; for trim purposes as 

a durable, solid color; and for tinted bridge paints. It is 

somewhat weaker in tinting strength and lower in hiding 

power than chrome green, but is more permanent; it will 

withstand high temperatures and is unaffected by alkalies 

and acids. 

ORANGEs.....:._This group covers two shades of chrome orange 

that may be used for tinting and for solid or trim colors. 

They are relatively permanent when exposed to the weather. 

The pigment is a basic lead chromate obtainable in shades 

designated as light and dark, the latter shade known as 

International Orange. . REDs.-This group covers five red pigments: bright-red 

non oxide, Indian red, mineral red, tolnidine red, and Venetian red. With the exception of toluidine, these red pigments may be used for tinting purposes. Bright-red iron 

oxide and Indian red are u eel in all types of paints. enamels, 

a?d stains, and are quite pernumei~t · mineral red and "\~enetian red are widely used for exterior barn and roof pamts; 

toluidine red, a bright, organic red, is perm~nent ~hen _exposed to the weather but i not permanent m a hght tmt, 

such as pink, when used ~mtdoors. . · . YELLows.-This group mcludes a v!1-riety 0£ yellow pigments :-lemon chrome yellow, meclmm chrome yellow, 

primrose chrome yellow, yellow ocher, raw sienna and 

yellow iron oxide. For tinting purpo es, the chrome yellows 

are suitable :for outside use. One pound of medium chrome 

yellow added to 50 lb of white-lead paste gives a "yellowivory" shade. This color may also be used a a solid or trim 

color paint, following the thinning suggestion in paragrnph 
26 Building J.lfaterials and Structure· Reports 

I -4a, Federal Specification TT-P-3 1. For tinting purposes, yellow ocher is a durable outdoor hade; one pound 

of the paste added to 50 lb of w hite-leacl pa te g~ve. a "chamois" tint. Raw ienna is used more widely for tmtmg 

and staining purposes than for solid or trim color. ''!1en 

mixed with whites, it gives tint cla ed a ivory and hght 

buff. These tint prove durable when expo ed to the "Weath~l'­

Yellow iron oxides are u. ed for both tinting and ?hcl 

colors, particularly in floor enamels. They cover a v~u1ety 

of shades and on reduction with ·whites give cream ivory, 

and buff tints. They are much stronger than the yellow 

ochers. A.nother yellow pigment zinc yellow, i u eel to 

some extent as a color pigment, but its main use is a ru tTABLE 11.-Identification of widely used tints made by tinting 100 

pounds of paste white lead with Federal Specification TT-P-981 , 

Pigments-in-Oil; Paint Colors 

(This information is merely as a guide..) 

Formula Maerz (based and Mnn~ell Name onlOO

Color Pigment Paul pounds uumber2 ISCC-NBSS num­ of white bcrl lead) 

Blacks____ Lampblack_______________ 37-A-2 Medium gray_____ ~;( pt. 9.0Y5.6 0.2 I pt. l.6B3. 4.2 Modt•rnte green­ ish blue. Blues_____ 1/lron blue _________________ 37-K-5 

Ultramarine blue Pale blue _________ pt. _________ 35-G-2 9.5BG6.7 2.0 Sienna, pt. burnt_____________ 5-B-11 3.0YR4.4 5.2 Moderate brown. 

Browns___ Umber, pt. burnt____________ 14-D-6 0.5Y4.8 3.0 Palo brown to m•'­ dium yellowish 

brown. pt.. 

Chrome green (medium)_ 20-A-8 

Umber, raw______________ 12-C-2 :;.f..,~n~;wfsii pt.

green io medium Oreens____ irreen. ~ pt. 

~een. 

j

lChromium oxide_________ 21-A-4 Weak yellowOranges __ ,ibr~meorange(dark)____ 9-C-6 Pa.leoran9:e_______ Hrt.

l pt. Reds______ dian red________________ 6-J-9 Weak red______ .•- Toluidinered_____________ 3-J-8 %PlVenetian red_____________ 5-E-11 Moderate bro\n1 • • Ioderate red __ -­ 1 pt.

Chrome yellow(mediUm) 9-K-5 Moderate H pt. yellow- IOcher___________________ 11-C-4 pt. 0.8Y6.6 4.0 ,{J~~r~ifowisb 1

t

Yellows___ ! ­ orange. Sienna (raw) _____________ 11-0-5 1 •1t. 

orange.. 0.5Y6.6/4.9 Weak yellowish 

Yellow iron oxide _________ 10-l-6 pt. 9.2YR7.4/7.0 Weak to moderate1 1 

yellowish-orange. I 

•,~ *·Dictionary of Color, by Maerz and Paul, McGraw-llill Book Co., Inc.,. 'ew York

2 -1unsell Book or Color (1929). Munsell Color Co., Baltimore, fd. 3 Inter-Society Color 90μ.ncil Proposed Color.Tomenclaturo Cor Drugs. Developed an

recommended by the ational Bureau of 8tandards. 
Paint J.11 anual 27 

i~hibitive pigment in metal primers ( see glo sary). This 

pigment is covered by Federal Specification TT-Z-115. 

As indicated, several o:f the colors just de crib&d may be 

mixed with white-lead paste or other white pa tes or paints 

to form light tints. For example, 100 pounds of white-lead 

paste mixed with a definite volume of the ntriou colors-inoil of a particular brand produces the color Ii ted in table 

11 and referred to by number in "Dictionary of Color' by 

Maerz and Paul [3], and the "l\Iun ell Color ystem" by 

l\1unsell [ 4]. However, this information is intended to serve 

only as an approximate guide. 

4. READY-MIXED OIL AND VARNISH VEHICLE PAINTS 

All ready-mixed paints should be purchased by volume. 

The purchaser should specify the type, class, and in the 

case of tints or body colors the exact color required and 

whether it should match a sample agreed upon by buyer and 

seller (preferably a wet sample of paint). 

(a) Paint; Oil, Exterior, Ready-1\lixed 

Light Tints, and White 

TT-P-40, May 19, 1943 

Amendment 1, June 26, 1943• 

Federal Specification TT-P---40 covers two types of exterior oil-gloss paint intencled as fini h coats. The e paints 

are for use over a primer as second or third coats for outside wood, metal, and concrete. The primer should be nitable for the particular material on which it is to be used. 

Type I is a multiple-pigment paint available in cla A 

white, general-purpose paint; class B. a special white leadfree paint to be used where sulfide :fumes are encountered; 

and class C, a tinu base. If a particular tint is de ired, tinting material may be added to the clas white paint. la s 

A white should not be tinted. Type II i a white-lea l paint 

obtainable in both white and tints. 

The type of titanium dioxide used in cla es A and B 

should be used only for white a. it chal~s h~avily.. . Class C contains the proper type of htanrnm d10x1de to 

be mixed with colors becau e it chalks relatively little. 

Both types brush freely, have exceptionally good hidin~ 

power, and dry to an oil gloss. Before they a~e appli~d to 

tmpainted wood the wood should b treated with a pmner 

that seals the stirface and in ure uniform textur und tint flf;t)Jj 0 - 45 - 3 
2 Building 1llaterial8 and 1

tructure · Repod.· 

in the succeeding coats. Such a prepared prim.er conforms 

to Federal Specification TT-P-25. A self-primer can be 

made by adding 1 pt of linseed oil to 1 gal of either type I 

or type II paint. For two-coat work the primer should _be 

preacl at the rate of -150 ft2/ gal and the topcoat or fimsh 

coat, should be spread at the rate of 550 ft2/ gal. For threecoat work the primer should be spread at the rate of 500 to 

600 ft2/ gal and the second and third coats at from 6_00 to 

700 ft2/ gal. If necessary, the paint can be slightly thrnr~ed 

by the addition of not more than 1 pt of turpentine or mineral spirits to 1 gal of paint. 

Type I class A white paint (titanium-lead-zinc) weighs 

16 lb/ gal and has a PV of 30; one gallon of paint cont3:ins 

0.27 gal of pigment and 0.90 gal of film-forming soh~s. 

The pigment is composed of 57 percent by volume o:f wlnte 

lead plus zinc oxide in the ratio of 1.2 to 1. Type I class J3 

(titanium-zinc) weighs 13 lb and has a PY of 2~; one 

gallon of paint contains 0.26 gal of pigment and 0. 8 gal of 

s?lids. Figures for type I class C tint-base paint are practically the ame as for type I cla s .A. 

Type II white lead paint weighs 20 lb/gal and has a PY 

of 2 ) · one gallon of paint contains 0.25 gal of pigment and 

0. D gal of solid . This is u heavy-bodied paint that can 

be thinned for finish-coat painting by the addition of not 

more than 1 pt of turpentine or mineral spirits to 1 gal of 

paint. 

-Cncler amendment 1 to TT-P-40, the amount of linseed 

oil in the paints ju t de cribed is reduced from a range of 

6 to percent by weight of vehicle to not le s than 65 percent, and the PV is increu ed from about 2!) in the ha ic 

specification to about 36 in the amendment. "11ere reactive 

pigment such as zinc oxide (. ee :rlo ary) are present, it 

i particulnrl}T important for the manufacturer to use the mo t nonreactive, heat-bodied oil available in order to avoid 

thickening of the paint and lowered durability.

~\s a i:e. ult of this amendment, type I classes A and C 

pamt we1rrh 16 lb/ gal and contain 0.26 gal o-f pigment, 0.71 .gal of film-forming solids and not over 3.7!> lb of linseed oil. 

The P\~ is 37, an increase :from 2f> in the basic pa.int . 

.Type IT paint weighs 20 lb/ gal and contains 0.25 gal of 

J?Ir!111ent _nnd 0.71 f;Ul of solids. The PV is 36, an increase 

from :.. m the basic paint. 
Paint illarmal 

(b) Paint; Exterior-Primer, Ready-.Mixed, 

White (Undercoat for Wood) 

TT-P-25, Dec. 9, 1942 

Amendment 1, June 5, 1943 

This is a specialized paint intended primarily as the undercoat, or primer, on outside unprimed ,Yoo<l for two-coat 

ex~erior painting. Its purpose is to overcome the nonun~form absorption by the wood of the ordinary priming 

pamt. It should be applied without thinning (but 1/z pt of 

turpentine or mineral spirit may be added to each gallon 

of paint) at a spreading rate of approximately 450 ft2/gal 

~nd should be allowed to dry at least 4 hr, or until the film 

1s hard, before the topcoat is applied. Based on exposure 

te ts at this Bureau and el ewhere, this exterior primer for 

lroocl has given very good results. 

'"\Yhen properly formulated and applied two-coat paint 

systems offer equal durability and sub tnntial saving of 

labor over the usual three-coat paint system. Thi a sumes 

that the total thickness of the paint coat i equal in both 

cases. Two-coat ystems are not intended to save on paint 

materials. The final film thickness should be the same as in 

three-coat jobs of conventional paint ( rrbout 0.005 in). 

This paint (Fed. Spec. TT-P-25) may al o be u eel for 

priming exterior wood in 1hree-coat painting and as the 

iii ·t coat for repainting weathered exterior wood surface . . It hould not be used as a topcoat or fini h coat. 

Although the exact compo ition of thi paint is not specified, the preferred formula i G6 percent of pigment and 3-lpercent of vehicle by weight as follow : 

Pigment: 50 percent of wbite lead (one-half carbonate :uHl 

one-half :-:nlfnte). 

35 percent of titaniuru-barium pigment (30 percl'nt 

TiO~). 

15 percent of magnesium silicate. 

100 percent. 

Vehicle: 28 percent of Z-1 l>odied linseed oil. 

28 percent of raw lin:4eed oil. 

4 percent of coumarone resin ()r low acid number 

ester gum (cooked in the Zr-! bodied oil). 

40 percent of mineral . pirit.• and drier. 

100 percent. 

This paint weigh 16 lb/ gat and l~as a PV of 40; one gall0n of paint. contain 0.26 gal of pigment and 0.66 gnl of 
30 Building Material~ and tructure8 Report 

film-forming solids. The above formula is the preferred one 

to use in making paint to meet Federal Specification TT-P25 and it is recommended that the formula be incorporated 

in purchase orders for this priming paint. 

(c) Paint; Exterior, Ready-Mixed, 

and Semipaste, Black 

TT-P-61a, Oct. 28, 1944 

Federal Specification TT-P-61a covers an exterior black 

glos paint (slow drying) for use on wood and structural 

steel. This paint is one of the most durable when ~xposed. to 

the weather. ·when applied to structural steel primed with 

two coats of a rust-inhibitive paint (for example, red-lend 

paint), it gives very good service as a topcoat, or cover coat 

and retains its color well. The paint has good working 

properties and excellent hiding power. It can be made fr?m 

a variety of inexpensive pigments, such as the various mm­ eral blacks in which the amount of carbon varies from 20 to 

more than 70 percent. 

.An average paint weighs 10 lb/gal and has a PV of 18; 

one gallon contains 0.14 gal of pigment and 0.80 gal of filmforming solids. 

(d) Paint; Graphite, Outside, 

Ready-Mixed, Black 

TT-P-27, July 23, 1938 

Amendment 2, Jan. 23, 1945 

Black graphite paint covered by this specification is used 

for structural steel such as bridges and tanks. It is furnished 

in two type. 

_Type I. natural flake graphite pigment, is dark steel gray 

with a metallic luster; blacknes is obtained by the addition 

of lampblack or carbon bla.ck. This graphite has, to a certain 

extent, the property of "leafing," a characteristic that probably accounts for its durability. · 

Type II. which is generally darker in color than type L 

m~y mclude all four forms of g-raphite :-natural crystalline vem or lump, natural crystalline flake, artificial O'raphite, 

and natural "amorphous.;' 0 

~\ good met~10c1 <?f. painting structural steel 1 to apply a 

co~t of a rust-mh1b1tive primer, such as red lead or blue lead 

pamts and to follow with one coat of natural (untinted) 
Paint 111arnrn7 31 

dark-gray graphite paint and a finish coat of black graphite 

paint meeting this Federal Specification. 

Paint meeting Federal Specification TT-P-27 weighs 10 

1~/ gal and has a PV of 24; one gallon contains 0.21 gal of 

pigment and 0.87 gal of film-forming solids. One gallon of 

this paint contains about 5 lb of linseed oil.' 

(e) 	Paint, Red-Lead Base; Linseed Oil, Ready-Mixed 

TT-P-86, Sept. 9, 1939 

Amendment 1, Sept. 1, 1943* 

The basic unamended specification covers a long-oil ( see 

glossary) , gloss ( see glossary) paint used as priming and 

body coats on steel and iron. One or two coats may be 

applied but two are preferable. Ifthinning is necessary, turpentine or mineral spirits should be used instead of linseed 

oil. This ready-mixed paint keeps well in storage and in this 

respect is superior to paints mixed on the job. 

Paint meeting Federal Specification TT-P-86 weighs at 

least 25 lb/ gal and has a PV of 28; one gallon contains 0.26 

gal of red lead and 0.95 gal of film-forming solids. 

The amendment reduces the amount of linseed oil from 94 

percent by weight to not less than 65 nor more than 70 percent. A conservation paint is thus produced which drie to 

a good surface for repainting in a shorter time than the 

original, although it has a lower consistency and less gloss. 

~o keep the red-lead pigment in loose suspension, an additJon of aluminum stearat~ by the manufacturer to form 0.3 

percent by weight of the pigment is recommended. 

It i estimated that 1 gal of paint meeting this amendment 

wejgh. 24 lb and contains 0.25 gal of pigment, 0.72 gal of 

so]jd , and not over 3.75 lb of li11seed oil. The PV is 36, an 

increase from 28 in the basic paint. 

(f) Paint; BJue-Le2d-Base; Basic-Sulfate, 

Linseed-OH, Ready-1\Iixed 

TT-P-20, Jan. 12, 1940 

Amendment 1, Sept. 1, 1943* 

Blue-lead paint i n dark slate-gray paint intended for 

priming and body ( ee glossary) coa~s on iron an~ steel. It 

ls ~haracterized by -very good workmg and keepm~ properties, and is durable. One or two coats may be applied but 

two are preferable. This paint weighs 20 lb/gal and lms a 
32 Building Materials and tructures Report, 

PV of 29; one gallon contains 0.27 gal of blue lead uncl 0.92 

gal of film-forming solids. . The amended specification reduces the amount of lmsee<l 

oil from not less than 90 percent by weight to not less ~h:m 

65 per cent and not more than 70 percent by weight. 

Although the emergency paint does not have as high gloss as 

the basic paint, it is durable. Successive coats can safel.Y 

by applied sooner than when the basic paint is used. It 1s 

estimated that 1 gal of paint meeting thi amendment 

weighs 19 lb and contains 0.26 gal of pigment, 0.71 ~al of 

solids and not over 3.75 lb of linseed oil. The PV 1s 36, 

an increase from 29 in the basic paint. 

(g) Paint; Iron-Oxide, Ready-1\fixed, 

and Semipaste, Red and Brown 

TT-P-31a, Sept. 12, 1941 

Amendment 1, July 20, 1943* 

Iron oxide paint is a durable and economical paint; it .is 

Gsed widely on exterior wood and metal (particularly on _tm 

roofs) and is frequently referred to as roof and barn pamt, 

red metallic paint, metallic brown paint, mineral red and 

brown paint, or freight-car red. It may be u eel both as a 

priming and a finish, or cover, coat on structural steel. 

Becau e of the iron oxide, the color of the paint i. red or 

brown of which many different hues and hades cnn he furnished under this specification. The only practical method 

of getting the desired color is to have a color chip or preferably a wet sample of paint meeting the specification. The 

sample is used for color only. 

The ready-mixed paint contains a small amount..,of spar 

varni h and zinc oxide, thus increasing color retention and 

decreasing the susceptibility of the paint to mildew. 

Ready-mixed paint meeting the basic specification weighs 

14 l~/ gal and has a PV of 2 ; one gallon contains 0.2-1: gal 

of pigment and 0.84 gal of fihn-:forming solids. 

'!he amendment which applies only to the ready-mixed 

pamt, reduces the amount of linseed oil from 2 percent by 

wei~d1t to not less than 65 nor more than 70 percent, thereby 

producing a paint that dries with less gloss than the original. Actual use will determine whether or not the paint 

wit~ le s. oil is as satisfactory as paint meeting the basic 

specification. 

On~ o-allon of the. conservation paint weighs 14 lb and 

ccntams 0.2-1 gal of pigment, 0.69 gal of solids, and not oYer 
Paint JIanual 33 

3.75 lb of linseed oil. The PY is 3-1, an increase :from 28 in 

the basic paint. 

(h) Paint; Outside, Ready-1\lixed, 

l\ledium-Chrome-Yellow 

TT-P-53 Feb. 12, 1937 

Amendment 1, Sept. 1, 1943* 

This is a durable bright-yellow paint (not enamel) intended for application to exterior wood and metal. It is 

~sed with black paint on radio towers and highway direct10nal signs. If a clo e match is desired, a standard should 

be designated. Tinted paints on a white base ( cream, ivory, 

or buff, for example) should be purchased under Federal 

8pecification TT-P-1:0. 

Under the basic specification the paint weighs 16 lb/gal 

and has a PV of 28; one gallon contains 0.25 gal o:f pigment 

and 0. gal o:f film-forming solids. 

The amendment reduces the amount o-f linseed oil from 80 

percent by weight to not les than 65 nor more than 70 percent, and broadens the color range of the basic specification 

to include light to medium chrome yellow ( including Highway Marking Yell ow, formerly called Federal Yellow, 

Army-Navy Aircraft Yellow, and War Department Yellow 

No. 120). 

One gallon of the conservation paint weighs 15 lb and 

contains 0.2-l gal of pigment, 0.69 gal of solids, and not over 

3.75 lb of linseed oil. The PV is 34, an increase from 28 in 

the basic paint. 

(i) 	Paint; Ready-Mixed, International Orange 

TT-P-59, June 17, 1937 

Amendment 1, Sept. 1, 1943* 

peci.fication TT-P-59 cover the requ.irements for a 

high-grade exterior paint of a color h.'Jlown as International 

Orange ( approximately the color 0£ a ripe tomato). Three 

typ.es of paint are included in the basic specification. 

The most durable of the three, type A is a heavily pigmented, linseed-oil house paint recommended particularly 

for l_arge-scale painting. It form n soft film over~igl~t and 

~·eqmre several clays for drymg between coat~. As_md1cated 

in Federal pecification Tl'-P-59, the wet pamt hide bluck 

and white checkerboard at the rate of nearly 500 ft 2

/ gal. 
34 Building 111aterial.· and Structures Reports 

Althongh fl small amonnt. of spar nrnish i. ad led to the 

vehicle to impm,e color retention the paint has. a tende_ncy 

to fade or dull ome"-hat on exposure. The pigment 1s a 

blend of 79 percent of opaque pigment by Yolume _and 21 

percent of transparent pigment. Type .A paint weighs 18 

lb/gal and has a PY of 2 ; one gallon contains 0.25 gal of 

pigment and 0.87 gal of film-forming solids. 

Type B is a chrome orange, synthetic enamel ( see glos­


sary) paint. The paint hides about 300 ft2/ gal. It l~as 


more pull under the brush than type A paint and dr1e.s 


faster, an overnight drying perioc1 between coats being suf­


ficient. On weathering, type B holds its co1or better and 


picks up less clirt than type ....\ but is generally not as dur­


able. Tlie pigment is the ame as that in type A paint, but 


the vehicle is a synthetic resin varni h of the glyceryl 


phthalnte (see glo sary) type. Type B paint weighs 13 


lb/ gal and has a PY of 24; one gallon contains 0.12 gal of 


pigment and 0.5 gal of solids. 


Type C is a synthetic enamel of the glyceryl phth~l~te 

type, similar to type B, except that the pigment is a..~v1d, 

hght-fast. orange red, organic pigment dye of the d1mtroaniline type. A typical ename1, hiding 220 ft2/ gal, it shou1d 

be applied a a finish over flat ground coat of the same co1or. 

Thi enamel is outstanding in color retention on exposure 

to the weather. As it ha the pull under the brush typical 

of enamel paints, type C paint is recommended for small~ 

scale painting, particularly on metal that has been built-up 

'"i~h ground coa! .of the same color. The properties ?f 

tlus enamel are snm1ar to tho e of toluidine red enamel m Federal ~ pecification TT-E-53la, and ~ive a color of 

greater brilliance than types A and B. 1 nder normal cond.ition , an overnight drying period between coats is sufficient. 

Type C paint weighs 7.8 lb/gal and has a PV o-f 20: one 

gallon contains 0.1 gal of pirrment and 0.47 gal of solids . 

. Amendment 1 to TT-P-59 applies only to type A paint; 

1t reduces the amount of linseed oil from approximately 85 

percent by weight to not le than 05 nor more than 70 

pe~cent. One gallon of paint meeting this amendment 

we~ghs 18 lb and contains 0.27 p:al of pigment, 0.74 gal of 

sohds, and not o,er 3.75 lb of linseed oil. The PV is 36, 

an increa e from 29 in the basic paint. 
Paint J..11anual 35 

(j) 	Paint; Ready-Mixed, Olive-Drab 

TT-P-81a, Dec. 10, 1943* 

This revision of Federal Specification TT-P-81 is rntended to conserve lin eed oil. 

The paint is suitable for u e on wood and metal expo ed 

to the weather. It dries to a semiglo s fini h and how good 

color retention. Unless otherwi e specified, the color is intended to match vVar Department Olive Drab .Jo. 10 [5]. 

Although weight per gallon varies according to the pigments chosen, those suggested in paragraph 1-2 of the Federal Specification produce a paint weig-hing 12.5 lb/ o-al and 

havino- a PV of 34. One gallon contains 0.24 gal of pigment and 0.68 gal of film-forming olids. 

(k) Paint; Ready-Mixed and Semipaste, 

Exterior, Chrome Green 

TT-P-71a, April 9, 1941 

Amendment 1, Sept. 28, 1943* 

This specification covers an exterior chrome-green, linseed-oil paint for application to wood and metal over rrray 

tinted white-lead undercoats. Type A, semipa te, i rarely 

used. Type B, ready-mixed paint is a paint of fair quality. 

This paint weighs 12.7 lb and has a PY of 25; one rrallon 

contains 0.21 gal 0£ pigment and 0.81 gal of film-forming 

solids. 

The purposes 0£ amenchnent 1 to Federal pecification 

TT-P-71a are to improve the basic pecification and to conserve linseed oil. The amendment covers a finish-coat pa.int 

known in the trade as a "trim enamel." When properly 

prepared, it shows enamel-like flowinO' and leveling properties, excellent hiding power, and more pull under the 

brush than ordinary house paint. The enamel dri to a 

smooth finish with a high initial gloss which it retain well. 

A successful :formula. for 1 gallon of this trim enamel 

paint is 2 lb of chemically pure chrome green (grit-fr e, 

easy dispersing type) and 1 lb of fine-particle-size magnesium silicate or aluminum silicate. with a mall amount 

of litharge (5 lb to 100 gal of paint). The vehicle i 

percent TT-V-121b par varni h and 15 per en 0-bodied 

(see glo, ary) linseed oil with u. mall amount of leatlmangane e-cobalt drier. 

Orie gallon of medium chrome-g-reen trim enamel paint 

made under this specification weighs !>.6 lb/ g.11 and contains 

5 
36 Building M ateriabs and tructures Repor·ts 

0.10 gal of pigment, 0.63 gal of solids, and not <?ver 3.75 ~b 

of linseed oil. The PV is 16, a decrea e from 25 m the basic 

paint. 

(1) Primer, Paint; Zinc Dust-Zinc Oxide for 

Galvanized (Zinc-Coated) or Zinc Surfaces 

TT-P-641, Apr. 20, 1939 

Amendment 1, Sept. 1, 1943* 

The above specification covers three types of zi:~1.c-dustzinc-oxide paint u ed principally for priming exterior, new 

or old galvanzed iron and zinc surface . They are a~o 

satisfactory as finish coats, except under conditio~s req~iring special finishes. Type I is a linseed oil, air-drymg pamt. 

Types II and III contain a synthetic resin Yehicle; glyceryl 

phthalate in type II and phenolic resin in type III~ both 

dry faster than type I paint and may be either air-dried. or 

baked at temperatures up to 380° F. For normal service, 

the adherence of type II appears to be best, although type I 

is nearly a goocl and has the advantage of easy bruslun~; 

however, if unusually severe moisture conditions prevail, 

type III is preferable ( for example, on the interior of steel 

water tanks). 

This paint can be furnished in class A, semiprepared, 3:nd 

class B, ready-prepared. The zinc oxide in class A is m11lgr01md in the entire vehicle. The zinc du t comes in a separate container. To blend the ingredients, the zinc dust and 

a small portion of the paint are stirred to a smooth paste, 

then the balance of the paint is added and thoroughly mixed. 

lass. is preferable to class B, as the ready-prepared paint 

may not keep well in the package. 

One coat hides completely and is adequate :for many serYice conditions on new galvanized iron; two coats are ample 

for rusty (weathered) galvanized-iron surfaces, except 

where . pe ial finish coats are necessary for added protection. The paint retains its gray color on prolonged exposure to the weather. For finish coats the paint may be 

tinted, although lampblack appears to reduce durability. 

Chromium oxide "Teen gives a soft, pleasing green that is 

durable and <Qhows good color retention. 

Prior to priminO', the new surface hould be cleaned with 

turpentine or mineral spirits and wiped dry. Althou<Yh not 

usually n(.)ce . ary, standard chemical treatments :for i:-cleaning may be used. Galvanized roofs that have weathered 
Paint i11an ual 37 

until the iron-zinc alloy is exposed make an ideal surface 


for this paint. 


. Paints covered by the specification are suitable for brush­


mg but may be sprayed if thinned with not more than 1 pt 


of turpentine or mineral spirits to 1 gal of paint. 


Type I paint weigh 23 lb/ gal and has a PV of 37; one 

gallon contains 0.34 gal of pigment and 0.92 gal of filmforming solids. 

Type II paint weighs 16 lb/ gal and has a PV of 35; one 

gallon contain 0.17 gal of pigment and 0.48 gal of solids. 

Type III paint weighs 23 lb/ gal and has a PV of 51; one 

gallon contajns 0.32 gal of pigment and 0.62 gal of solids. 

The amendment, which applies to type I only reduces 

the amount of linseed oil from 89 percent by weight to not 

les~ than 65 nor more than 70 percent. One gallon of this 

pamt weighs 19 lb and contains 0.23 gal of pigment 0.69 gal 

of solids, and not over 3.75 lb of linseed oil. The PV is 34, 

a decrease from 37 in the basic pajnt. 

(m) 	Paint; Concrete and Masonry 

Exterior, Eggshell-Finish 

Ready-Mixed, White and Tints 

TT-P-~4, Feb. 25, 1943 

'!his oil-base exterior paint is a finishing coat for suitably 

primed concrete, brick, a11d stucco surface , except floors. 

~e paint chie. to an eggshell fini h. Where a glos y fini h 1 de. ired. exterior paints for wood and metal should be u ed 

(Fed. ..,pee. TT-P--!O). 

Type I paint i made in white only. Type II can be 

bought in tints or in white, to be tinted by the purchaser, 

who should specify the color and whether it should match a 

selected sample. . . . . . As moi ture back of the paint film senou ly 1mpa1~ the 

hfe_of oil-paint coatings, new ma onry sho~ld not be pamted 

until the wall are clry. Thi may reqmr~ _from 3 to 12 

month.. and will depend upon weather cond1t~ons and UJ?Oll 

the thickne and poro ity of the 'Yalls. It 1 equally ~mportant to prevent ·water from entermg the wall after pamting. 

. Becau e paint adheres poorly to highly glazed surface , it i . sugge tecl that preparatory to paintinO', such urfa~es 

be either acid ,wshed, lightly a!ldbla ted. or .rubbed WJth 

~oarse grit abra ive stones, Tlus treatment 1s frequently 
3 Building M ateriah and Structures Reports 

necessary for concrete cast against plywood, Presdwood, or ~~fo~ . Old coatings of organic or cement-base water p~int m 

good condition need not be removed. Peeling, scalmg, or 

flaking paint and whitewash should be com~letely rt:moved. 

A suggested formula (by weight) for pamt meetmg the 

specification contains 60 percent of pigment and 40 percent of vehicle as follows : 

Pigment 

Percent 

White lead • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . . 35 

Zinc oxide . . . . . . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 30 

Titanium dioxide . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 10 

Magnesium silicate • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 25 

100 

Vehicle 

Percent 

!Non"olatile vehicle • • • • • • • • • • • • • . 45 

Thinner . . . . . . . . . • • • • • • • • • • • • • . . 55 

100 

An average paint of either type meeting the specification weighs about 14 lb/gal and has a PV of 42; one gal~on 

contains 0.22 gal of pigment and 0.53 gal of film-formmg solids. 

For surfaces that have not previously been painted, the 

following Federal Specification priming paint is suggested: 

gal 

Paint: TT-P-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • • • • . 1 

Vnrniia:h, i-pnr (nonreactive); TT-V-121b......... 1h 

Thinner, paint ; TT-T-201a ............: . • • • • • • • • • 1A, 

The priming paint weighs 11 lb/gal. 

(n) Paint; Traffic, Exterior, 

White and Yellow 

TT-P-115, Apr. 29, 1942 

Amendment 1, l\lay 30, 1945 

This specification covers a ready-mixed traffic paint 

kn~nvn as. center line, zone-marking, and road-marking 

pamt.. It 1s obtai11:able in white and yellow colors, the yellow bemg- called H1ghway Marking Yellow formerly called 

Federal Yellow. ' 
Paint JIanuaZ 39 

Both paints are intended :for application, at a wide range ?f temperatures, to bituminous and concrete highways bearmg h~avy traffic. The paints may be applied by a brush or 

m~clune.. Certain types of spray machines require a paint 

tlunned m the proportions of 1 pt of uncolored gasoline to 

1 gal of paint. In not more than 1h hr the paint should set 

to touch and within an hour (at 70° to 90° F) should dry 

to ~n eggshell hard gloss finish. The possible presence of 

toxic thinners may make these paints unsafe for indoor use 

unless proper precautions, such as adequate ventilation, are ~~ . As some traffic paints have a tendency to settle in the 

container during prolonged storage, it is advisable not to 

purchase this paint too far in advance of actual need. Although soft settling is expected, hard packing of the pigment is undesirable. A properly formulated traffic paint 

should keep in good condition for at least 6 months. 

Although the specification is based mainly on performance 

requirements, a satisfactory white traffic paint weighs 14 

I~/ gal and has a PV of 49; one gallon contains 0.2 gal of 

pigment and 0.56 gal of film-forming solids. The pigment 

1s 55 percent by weight of titanium-bariu:rn or lithopone, 25 

percent of zinc oxide, and 25 percent of silica and ilicates ; 

the vehicle is a quick-drying, 15-gal, oleore inous varnish. 

The yellow paint weighs 14 lb/gal and has a PV of 45; 

one gallon contains 0.2-! gal of pigment and 0.54 gal of 

solids. The pigment is 45 percent by weight of chrome 

yellow, 20 percent of zinc oxide, and 35 percent of silica 

an~ silicates; the vehicle is the same as in the white traffic 

pamt. 

(o) 	Enamel; Heat-Resi~ting (400° F), Black 

TT-E-496, June 6, 1941 

Amendment 1, Sept. 14, 1943* 

Federal Specification TT-E-496 covers two types of black 

en3;mel, type I, bituminous-base (unpigmen~ed) and type II 

resm-base ( piQ'IIlented). Both types are mtended for use 

on surfaces exposed to temperatures up to 40~° F includincr 

steam pipes and boiler fronts. "\Vhere re 1stance to h?t 

wat~r and gasoline is also necessary t_he use of type II 1s 

advi able. Neither type should be applied when the surfaces 

are hotter than 140° F, and 4 hr of drying time at room 

temperature should elapse before the coating is subjected to 

the maximum temperature, 400° F. Because of the nature 
40 Building JIaterials an<l Structures lteports 

of the volatile th.inners, these enamels should be applied in ·well-ventilated areas -free from open lio-ht or flame~. 

Type II enamel generally contains 2 percent by w~1ght ?f 

high-grade carbon black and 9 percent of a synthetic re m 

(alkyd) Yehicle. It weighs 7 lb/ ga 1 and has a, PY of 3; one 

gallon contains 0.01 gal o:f pigment and 0.35 gal o:f filmforming solids . .Amendment 1 is necessary because o:f the critical shortage 

of allryd resins and applies only to type I enamel. 

(p) 	Enamel; Pigmented (Air-Drying and Baking) Black 

TT-E-521, July 22, 1930 

Amendment 3, Sept. 14, 1943 

~Iaterial covered by this specification is a high-grade 

black enamel containing no bituminous materials. It Ptoduces an opaque, glossy, durable black coating for exterwr 

and general use. The compo ition is generally about 2 pe:'­

cent of high-grade carbon black and 9 percent of long-011, 

water-resisting varnish. 

This enamel weighs 8 lb/gal and has a PY of 2; one gallon contains 0.01 gal of pigment and 0.45 gal of olids. 

(q) 	Enamel; Lusterle s, Olive-Drab 

TT-E-514, Jan. 28, 1943 

The lusterless olive-drab enamel co,ered by this specification is intended for camouflage. It erves as a fiat finishing 

coat on primed metal and wood surfaces. Tl1e color shouhl 

match Olive-Drab No. 319[5]. 

The materials are noncritical but do not produce as durable an enamel as those containi.ng synthetic re ins of the 

alh.ryd type, such as the finish on Army motor Yehicle ' [f>]. ..Although this is a performance specification and a variety 

of pigments can be chosen, the following formula is frequently used : · Weiiht 

Percent 

Yellow iron oxide . . • • • • • • • • • • . . • . . . 18.0 

Medium chrome yellow • • . • • . • . . . . . 6.3 

Lampblack . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 

Zinc oxide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.8 

Ma~nesinm :ilicate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.2 

Diatomaceous silica . • • • • • • • • • . . • . . . 2G.5 

Barytes . . . . . . • . . • • • • . • • • • . . • • . • . . . 12.0 

100.0 
Paint .i.l!wmal 41 

These pigments produce un enumel "·eighing about 10 

lb/ gal and having a PV of about 45; one gallon contains 

0.17 gal of pigment and 0.38 gal of solids. 

(r) 	Enamel; Water-resisting, Red 

TT-E-531a, June 4, 1935 

Amendment 3, Sept. 14, 1943* 

This. specification covers a bright-red enamel of high 

grade mtended for general exterior use. This enamel paint 

1s u~ed widely on fire-alarm boxes. It is water-resistant, has 

a lugh gloss, and is durable. 

The to]uidine pigment used in the enamel makes the color 

of different lots less variable than the color of other bri O'htred paints that do not contain toluidine. Thus, samples 

ar~ needed only where a very close match of different deliYeries is required. Recently a dark shade of toluidine red 

has b~en produced containing pigment dyestuff similar to 

metamtro-paratoluidine-azo-betanaphthol and meeting the 

t~sts de cribed in the specification. When the purcha er indicates reel enamel containing this dark shade of toluidine 

red, the limits on 'color", as required in paragraph E-ld of 

the specification, do not apply. Unless specifically indicated 

by the purchaser, it is understood that the seller is to upply 

red enamel strictly meeting the color, as specified in paragraph E-1. 

To meet the requirement for hiding power, 220 ft2/ gal, 

~2 _percent by weight of toluidine toner hould be used. 

This ~namel weighs 7 lb/ gal and has a PV of 1~; one gal~on 

co~tams 0.08 gal of pigment and 0.40 gal of film-formmg 

solids . 

.Amendment 3 provides for an enrunel containing not over 

3.25 lb of linseed oil per gallon of enamel. 

(s) 	Enamel; Interior, Gloss, Light Tints and White 

TT-E-506a, Dec. 1, 1938 

Amendment 1, Sept. 14, 1943* 

Enamel paints meetjng this specification are _intended for 

use on interior wood metnl. an<l pla ter over suitable undercoat . After beinO' properly appli d and allowed to <lry 

thoroughly, they c~n be wa heel with mild soap and warm 

water . 

.Although white enamel paint may be purchased under 

the pecification without reference to a color tandard the 
42 Building Materials and tl'Uctures Reports 

variation in white surfaces from blue-white to yellow-white 

makes it advisable for the purchaser who desires a clo e 

match to specify color (preferably by having a wet sa~ple 

of acceptable enamel). Because of the wicle ran~e of tmt , 

this method of color matching is the practical one to use. 

For white enamel paints, mixtures of strong white opaque 


pigments, such as titanium dioxide, zinc sulfide . and zmc 


oxide, can be used; for the tinted paints pure tintmg col~rs 


should be chosen. A. typical pigment mixture for white 


enamel is 80 percent by ·weight of titanium dioxide and 20 


percent by weight of zinc oxide. 


When the enamel contains 30 percent by weight of thids 

pigment and 70 percent vehicle it weighs 10 lb/ gal an 

has a PV of 9; one gallon contains 0.08 gal of pigment and 

0.49 gal of film forming solids. 

Amendment 1 contemplates an enamel containing not 

more than 2.5 lb of linseed oil per gal. 

(t) 	Paint; Oil, Interior, One-Coat-Flat, 

Heavy-Bodied (for thinning), Light 

Tints and White (Combined Sealer, 

Primer, and Finish) 

TT-P-47, Feb. 25, 1943 

This specification covers an interior one-coat, "nonpe~etrating,' flat, heavy-bodied, oil-base paint to be apphed 

directly to porous, absorptive surfaces, such as wallboar~, 

wallpaper, plaster, and wood. It is designed to give a uniform finish without the use of a special primer or sealer, and 

to conserve shipping space and containers as a war emer· 

gency measure. It should find wide use after the war. 

Althong~ high dry hiding power is desirable, it should 

!lot be obta~ed at the expen e of washability and good sealmg properties. The pamt hould dry to a relatively low 

gloss with a slirrht angular sheen even thou<Yh a relatively 

high ratio.o! 1?inder ( ee glo ary) to pigme;t is desirable. 

"Wliere ud)ommg areas of the surface to be painted show 

marked difference in poro ity, as in the case of patched 

pla ter. the patched areas hould be painted and allowed to 

dry before the entire surface is painted. 

Th~ yehicle in this paint is u ually a long-oil varnish, 

contalil.lllg at least 10 gal of oil per 100 lb of resin, consist­
Paint M ar,:ual 43 

ing mainly of processed drying oils, ester gum or other resin, 

plus the required amounts of volatile thinner and drier. 

One such vehicle of a 200-gallon varnish had a viscosity of 

13 poises ( see glossary), a nonvolatile content of 35 percent, · and passed a 350-percent kauri reduction (see glo sary). 

Pigments should be opaque white titanium-base or zincsulfide base and suitable extending pigments. Tinting 

colors should be limeproof. 

The paint is furnished in a heavy-bodied consistency (see 

glossary), so that it can be thinned with 3 pt of mineral 

~pirits or turpentine to 1 gal of the thick paint, thus obtainmg a paint of normal properties. If the purcha er wishes 

to buy this paint ready for use (instead of the u ual heavybodied consistency), it should then meet ection F-3 of the 

specification for the reduced paint. 

It is estimated that an average paste paint meeting this 

specification weighs about 12.5 lb/ gal and has a PV of 60; 

one gallon contains 0.33 gal of pigment and 0.55 gal of filmforming solids. 

The paint thinned :for use weighs about 11 lb/gal and 

has a PV of 60; one gallon contains 0.23 gal of pigment and 

0.38 gal of solids. 

(u) Paint; (for) Priming Plaster urfaces 

(Plaster Primer and Sealer) 

TT-P-56, Oct. 5, 1935 

Amendment 1, March 1936 

This specification covers a pigmented primer a~d _sealer 

( ~e glo ary) in white or tint , to ~e. used a a pr1mm~ or 

s1zmg coat on interior walls and ceilings of plaster brick 

and cement wallboard. It may als.o be u eel for priming 

interior woodwork. It should not be applied to damp surfaces. 

l\fany formulas may be used to produce an ac eptable 

pla ter primer and sealer, since the requirements m~d. te ~s 

are mainly physical. The only limitation of compo 1t1on 1s 

that the vehicles shall contain not les than 42 percent of 

nonvolatile matter. U ually the pigment portion of the 

paint contains ome titanium dioxide and/ or zinc sufide and 

extendinO' piO'ments. The pioment of a typical paint is 56 

percent by w~ight of titanium0 dioxide 24: percent of calcium 

6604;;.· 0 -:l,j- 4 
44 Building lllaterials and A 'tr-uctw·es Repvds 

sulfate, and 20 percent of magnesium silicate. The composition of the paint is as follows: 

Weight Yohm1e 

Percetit Percent 

Pigment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 18.2 .... 'onyolatile vehicle . . . . . . . . . 3-l 4~.'.! 

Volatile rnhicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 36.2 

100 100.0 

The weight per gallon is 11 lb and the PV is 20. 

(v) 	Paints; Oil, Interior, Eggshell-Flat-Finish, 

Ready-Mixed and Semipaste, 

Light Tints and White 

TT-P-51a, Jan. 16, 1937 

Amendment 1, Sept. 14, 1943* 

This specification covers an interior eggshell to flut wall 

paint, available in ready-mixed or in semipaste form. 1:he 

ready-mixed paint lJroduces a washable body and fimsh 

coat but is not generally suitable for stipple fini h. Although 1 gal may be diluted to make a priming: paint by 

adding :from 1 qt to 1 gal of boiled linseed oil the ?se 

of priming paint conforming to Fedeml Specificat10n 

TT-P-56 is preferable. The semipaste is seldom used. 

ome paints and enamels dry hard quickly, ·wher~as 

others, the vehicle of which cont::rins more oil and le ' re m, 

are more flexible and develop hard films slowly. Gloss 

paint or enamel (Fed. Spec. TT-E-506a) is more washable 

than a flat paint, but no paint should be crubbed within 30 

days after application. When a washable paint is desired, 

us in a kitchen or bathroom, yet the glare of full gloss 

enamel is objectionable, a semilustrous finish can be produced by mixing TT-P-51a flat wall paint (or TT-P-17 

one-coat flat) and TT-E-506a enamel, in -varying proportions. ome recent laboratory work at the Bureau indicates 

that TT-P-47 paint is superior to TT-P-51a paint for this 

purpose. A Federal pecification for semiglo s enamel 

(TT-E-50 ) is in preparation. 

The specification for TT-P-51a paint is based on performance requirements rather than on composition. The 

paint i characterized by high hiding power, eggshell to 

flat fini h, ea y bru hing, and good resistance to scrubbing 

with mild soap and water. 

The purpo e of amendment 1 is to conserve linseed oil. 

It i contemplated that the paint under the amendment will 
Paint "JIanual 

contain no more than 1.2 lb of linseed oil per gallon of paint 

( to conform to linseed oil conservation order .M-332 of the 

War Production Board). 

F~deral Specification TT-P-51a does not require any 

specific. formuln, but the following i offered merely as a 

suggest10n: 

Weight Volume 

Percent Perce11t 

Titanium dioxide . . . . . . . . . . 15.!> 6. 


Calcium ulfate . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.1 34.5 


Nonvolatile vehicle . . . . . . . . H.0 24.2 


Volatile vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.0 34.G 


100.0 100.0 

On gallon of this paint 1"eighs H lb and has a PY of 63. 

(w) Paint; Varnish-Base 

(for) Concrete and Wood Floors 

TT-P-146, June 5, 1942 

This paint is intended for interior and exterior u e on 

1Voocl and concrete floors and other flooring not ubjected to 

dampness. It is 1.,wwn to the trade as "floor and deck 

paint." Concrete basement floors should age for 1 year 

before painting. The floor should be dry and the be t time 

to paint it is during the winter or early pring ( a urning 

that the ha. ement can be heated), when the humidity in 

the basement is very ]ow. The paint hould be applied in 

a thin layer an<l be brushed out well, ample time being allowed for drying bet"~een coats. Two coat of paint are 

generally ufficient. A thin film of wax, which i ea ily renewed, serves to protect the paint. A liquid floor wax of 

the organic solvent type (Fed. pee. P-1V-15 ) is uggested. 

On wood floors it is suggested that for the first coat of 

paint 1 qt of thinner, compo ed of 2 part of boiled lin eed 

oil and 1 part of turpentine, be added to each g-allon of 

paint; for the second coat 1 pt of boiled lin eed oil per 

gallon of paint may be added. On concrete floors it i 

uggested that for the fiI t coat 1 qt of liquid in the proportion of 2 parts of par varni h and 1 part of turpentine be 

a~ded to each gallon of paint; the econd coat can be applied as furnished. 

Floor paints mEetiug this specification dry "print free" 

within 12 hr :is determined by the new Gardner Drying 
4G Building M ate1·ials and Structures Repol'ts 

Time Recorder, an instrument .for mea~uring the. dryi_ng 

time of paint and yarnishes. The velncle m ~Ins pamt 

should be a tough, flexible, high-grade floor varmsh able to 

withstand wear on wood and concrete floors as well as outdoor weather. It should be at lea t 25 or 30 gal long, passing a 40-percent kauri reduction ( see glossary). 

Although a great variety of pigments may be us~d i11; making paints meeting this specification, the followmg 1s one 

example of a durable lightweight gray paint: 

Weight Volume 

Pe1·ce11t Percent 

Pigment: 

Titanium dioxide • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • . . • 10.0 3.0 

Calcium sulfate . . . . . • • • • • • . . . . . . . . . . 2-1.0 11.8 

Carbon black . . . . • . . . . . • • . • • • • • • . • • • • 1.0 0.6 

Vehicle: 

Interior varnish (TT-V-71a)......... 65.0 84.6 

100.0 100.0 

One gallon 0£ this paint weighs 10 lb and has a PV of 29. 

The e v-alues. apply only to the formula just given f~r a 

lightweight gray paint. The specification covers a variety 

of colors including grays, browns, reds, buffs, and greens. 

(x) 	Paint; Rubberbase (for) Cement Floors 

TT-P-91, May 23, 1939 

This is n ready-mixed paint £or use on interior concrete 

flooring subjected to dampne sand not exposed to sunlight. 

It. is suitable for concrete basement floors. The paint for 

the first coat should be diluted with 1 qt o:f thinner, consisting of equal volumes of mineral spirits and toluol free 

from water, to each gallon of paint. The surface to be 

painted hould be clean and dry and the room sufficiently 

ventilated. mooth, densely troweled concrete floors should 

be etched .with a 10-percent solution of hydrochloric. aci~, 

wa hed with water, and thoroughly dried before pamt 1s 

applied. New concrete floors should age at least 2 months 

before beinO' painted; three coats are generally recommended _but two coa~ are frequently used. In repainting 

work, th1 type of parnt should be used only when the same 

type has been used previously on the same surface. 

The variety of colors available makes it advisable to 

de ign~te a sample for color (preferably a wet sample of 

the pamt). 
Paint 1.llan u al 47 

A typical gray paint passing the specification contains: 

Weight 

Percent 

Volume 

Percent 

Pif1:11en!: . . T1tan1um d1ox1de •••••.............. 26.9 8.1 

Zinc oxide ........••.•.............. 4.8 1.0 

CaTbon black ....................... . 0.3 0.2 

Nonvolatile vehicle: · 

Rubber basea .................••.•... 18.8 23. 

Plasticizer (see glo sary) ..•.•.•••... 3.2 4.1 

Volatile vehicle ... .........•....•..... 46.0 62. 

100.0 100.0 

a Generally either chlorinated rubber or natural crepe rubber. 

One gallon of the above paint weighs 10 lb and has a PV 

of 28. At the present writing, this paint is not available 

because of the critical situation on rubber. 

(y) 	Fume- and Beat-Resisting White Enamel 

National Bureau of Standards 

Letter Circular LC489, January 30, 1937 

Enamel paint that does not become cli colored by continuou heat or chemical fume is not covered by a Federal 

Specification. ..1c\Ji enamel having the characteristic described in Natioual Bureau of Standards Letter Circular 

LC489 should proYe desirable for use in chemical laboratories commercial kitchens, tobacco factories, gas works, 

refrigerator rooms, dairies, and sewage-di po al plants. 

Paint that will not discolor in such places requires special 

compo ition. The pigment must be free from lead and iron 

and may consi t of lightproof lithopone, titanated lithopone, 

various ~itanium pigments, zinc oxide, or a mixture of the e. 

The Ychicle mu t al ·o be free from metallic-compound 

driers, and preferably from lin eed, soya, tung, or other 

drying oils. A vehicle frequently u eel consi hi of hi<Yhgrade damar resin dis olved in turpentine or mineral pirits 

and pla ticized with a softener. uch a pine oil. Other 

more modern vehicles are synthetic alkyd, phenolic, viny1, 

and acrylic resins, and the newer type of rubber and chlorinated rubber resins di olved in solvent . For color-retention tests, glass panels were coated with 

white enamel and with this ame enamel tinted liO'ht gray 

a!1d pale buff, u ing lampblack and yell?w ocher, re pect1vely. The coated panels were placed m an atmosphere 

saturated with water and ammonium ~lfi<le vapors. Only 
-!? Building 11laterial~ and Structures Reports 

the buff became discolored because o:f the formation of black 

iron sulfide. The others retained their original color. 

To obtain resistance to discoloration, it may be necessary 

to subordinate other properties. Fume-resisting ena~el 

paint may be less flexible than the usual architectural wlute 

enamel and less water resistant than the "4-hour" type of 

white enamel (Fed. Spec. TT-E-506a, type A). 

The reader is referred to NBS Letter Circular LC!89 

for additional details on the subject. 

(z) 	Enamel; Drum-Coating, Exterior, 

Rust-Inhibiting, Solvent-Resistant 

TT-E-485 March 15, 1944 

This is an olive-drab, semigloss enamel prepared to conserve zinc during the war emergency. It is used as a onecoat painting system on the exterior of steel storage drums 

for the armed forces. Because of the shortage of certain 

materials required for it manufacture, such a glyceryl 

phthahtte resin, this enamel is temporarily not a vaihtble for 

civilian use. 

5. VARNISHES AND ANALOGOUS PRODUCTS 

Oil varnishes are blends of drying oil and resins, natural 

or synthetic, driers, and volatile thinners ( see glossary), 

pirit varnishes do not contain drying oils. This section 

deals first with oil varnishe , then with spirit varnishes. 

(a) 	Varnish; Asphalt 

TT-V-51a, Feb. 2, 1944 

This is a general utility asphait varnish for interior and 

exterior urface and i particularly suitable for painting 

indoor water and gas pipe . It dries with a smooth black, 

lustrou fini h similar to black enamel. Its composition is 

har l native a phalt or a phaltite fluxed and blended with 

drying oil , then thinned with solvent and driers. 

..AJthou~h the specification is based mainly on performance reqmrements, a lin. eed oil-Gil onite varni. h that met 

the specification wa compo ed o-f 7 gal of heat-bodied linseed oil to 100 lb of Gil ·onite selects, fluxed and blended, 

then thinned w1th n mixture of turpentine, petroleum 

naphtha, and lead-manganese driers. 

typical varni h shows : 
4 

Paint Manual 4!) 

Weight 

Percent 

Volume 

Percent lb; gal gal / lb 

sp gr 

Varnish . . . . . . . . . . . . Nonvolatile ·. . . . . . . 45 40 7.40 0.13G;i 0.888 

Volatile . . . . . . . . . . . 55 60 

100 100 

(b) 	Varnish; Interior 

TT-V-71a, Sept. 9, 1939 

Amendment 2, Sept. 14, 1943* 

Material covered by this specification i generally about 

~ 20- to 25-gal varnish ( see glossary) intended for general 

mt~rior use, including floor , except where rubbing properties are necessary. (For cabinet mbbing -varnish see Fed. 

Spec. TT-V-86). .,A.Ithough the unamended pecification is 

a very good general purpose interior varni h, the amended , pecification ha lowered the requirement for drying time 

and ,Ynter resistance, because of the scarcity o-f certain war 

materials. 

Yarnish meetjng both the ba ic ·pecification and the 

amendment shows the following characteri tics: 

Wei~llt Volume 	 RD g-r 

l'crce11t Perce11t lb / [JUl yul 1 lb 

Varnish ............ .. 7.40 0.1361 0. 


ronvolatile ....... 45 40 


Volatile ........... ms 60 


100 100 

(c) 	Varnish; Mixing (for) Aluminum Paint 

TT-V-81a, Oct. 5, 1939 

Amendment 2, Sept. 11, 1943* 

Mixing varnish covered by thi, pecification i intended 

for use as the Yehicle in aluminum paint, not a a clear 

varni h. Type I varni h is a v-ery long-oil varnish ( 0 to 

100 gal) and should be u eel in preparing paint for priming 

exterior wood subjected to evere weather condition . 

Type II,varni h hou]d be u!:ed in paint intended for general 

11. e ( particularly for metal). For praying. the pa~nt may 

he thinned with 1 pt of turpentine to 1 gal of pamt (although it i" recommended that alnminmu paint be sprayed 

at the ame con i tency a for hand bru bing). 

~ecau e Hhnninum pa -te conta_in a~out B5 per~ent .by 

We10'ht of vo1utile thinner varm h mth lower v1 cos1ty 
50 Building Materials and Structures Reports 

[ class A, 0.65 to 1.00 poise ( see glo sary)] is suib.l~le :for ~se 

with aluminum powder, and varnish with tl1;e lug-he1: viscosity ( class B, 0.85 to 1.25 poises) for use with alummum 

paste. 

Varnishes meeting this specification have the following

characteristics : 

Weight Volume 	 sp gr 

Percent Percent lb/gal gal/lb 

Type I varnish ...... 7.49 0.1335 0.809 

Nonvolatile 55 49 ······· Volatile .......... 45 51 


100 100 

Type II varnish 7.40 .1350 .888 Nonvolatile ........ 
 50 44 

Volatile 50 ·········· 56 


100 100 


(d) 	Varnish; Rubbing, Cabinet 

TT-V-86, June 29, 1939 

Amendment 1, Oct. 8, 1941 

Cabinet-rubbing varnish i intE>nded for interior wood 

surfaces where a rubbed finish is desired. It does not cover 

the requirements of a baking varnish for use on metal and 

is not recommended for floors. HoweYer, it may be used on 

wood or metal, particularly chairs, tables, and desks. (Yarnish for general interior use is covered by Federal Specifi­ cation TT-V-7la.) 

A typical rubbing- varni h is about 10 gal in length and 

has the following characteristics : 

Wei~ht Yolurue sp gr Percent Percent lb/gal gal/lb 

Varni.·h ......... . 
 7.326 0.1365 0.87!) •·onvolatile . . . . . . 4:5 3U.6 


Volatile . . . . . . • . 55 60.4 


100 100 

(e) 	Varnish; Spar, Water-resisting 

TT-V-12lb, Dec. 10, 1943 

Amendment 1, Jan. 24, 1944* 

"1\.,.ater-resisting spar varnish is a durable o-eneral utility 

vttrnish, suitable for both interior and exterior nse where 
Paint 111anual 51 

high gloss or initial hardness of film is not required. Beca~1se cert~in mate.rials were critical, it was difficult to obtam varmsh meetmg the unamended specification durin<r 

the war emergency. Tung oil and phenolic resins are used 

widely in this type of spar vamish. 

.The amended specification produces a slower drying varnish than the original and provides less rigid requirements 

for water resistance. 

Varnish meeting this specification is generally about 50 

gal in length and shows approximately: 

Weight 

Percent 

Volume 

Percent lb/gal gal/lb 

sp gr 

Varnish 

Nonvo

Volatile 

. . 

latile 

. . . 

. . 

. . . . . . 

. . . . . . . . . . . 

. . 

55 

45 

49.4 

50.6 

7.49 0.1335 0.899 

100 100.0 

The nonvolatile portion of this varnish ( amendment 1) 

generally consists of linseed oil and available re ins, uch 

as congo, terpene resins, ester gum, and fo1tified rosin esters. 

(f) 	S~aler, F1oor: Varnish-Type (for Wood and Cork) 

TT-S-176a, Sept. 20, 1941 

Amendment 1, Jan. 7, 1944-* 

This floor sealer is intended for use in sealing and treating 

wood or cork floors and floor coverings; it provide a atisfactory foundation for varnish, for liquid, pa~te: or wateremulsion wax. The sealer is furnished in one grade and 

two classes: class 1 is suitable for u eon floor urface haYing a rapid and high absorption rate, and cla s 2 :for flooring 

of den er structure. ,vhen the floors are of open-grained 

wood or cork tile, they should be treated with wood filler 

(Fed. pee. TT-F-336a) before the sealer i applied. This 

sealer i imilar to par varni h but contain more volatile 

matter and correspondingly le s nonvolatile matter. 

9~a s 1 ealer may be thinned wi~h turpen~in . or mineral 

p1r1ts; cla 2 sealer houlcl reqmre no thmmng. Floor 

sealer meeting the amended specification is lower drying 

and le s water-resistant than one meeting the unamended 

specification. 
52 

0.88 

Building Materials and Structures Reports 

Sealers conformino- to either the basic or the amended 

specification contain ~pproximately the following : 

~P gr Weight Yolume 

Percent Percent lb/ gal aal/ llJ

7.246 0.138 


Nonvolatile 40 34.8 


Class 1 sealer ......... . . 


········· Volatile ............ 60 65.2 


100 100.0 


.842 .. 7.02 Class .1425 2 sealer ......... 
 Nonvolatile 25 :n
 ····---···· Volatile ............ 75 'j!J 


100 100 

Spar va,rnish TT-V-12lb may be used as a sealer tha~ 

will be somewhat imHar to clus 1 if thinned with one-half 

its volume of mineral spirits or turpentine and som~what 

similar to class 2 if mixed with an equal volume of mmeral 

spirit or turpentine. 

(g) 	Varnish; Damar 

TT-V-61t Apr. 20t 1939 

Amendment l, Jan. 7, 194'1* 

Damar varnish specified in TT-Y-Gl is a spirit varn~sh 

to be applied to indoor surface , both a a trarn;pn.rent fim h 

and as a vehicle for white or light-colored ernm1els exposed 

to high temperatures ( radiators, for example). It is . not 

intended for u e under conditions that require an ubras1onresistant, moisture-resi tant, or indentation-resistant varnish. uitable Federal specifications cover varnishes for 

these purposes. 

Damar re in has the lowe t acid and saponification mnnber (see glos ary) of all the important natural resins. com­

~e~·cial samples having acid number. from appro~i!nat~ly 

2.l m the bet grades to 35 in the poore ·t and sapomficut10n 

numbers from 27 to 50. The 1·e in i li(J'ht in color and on 

expo ure to unlight, bleaches to water-wl1ite. \. a contrast 

to damar re in, manila re ins have high acid numhers, 1~5 

to 143. and high aponification number , 15 to 16D. Damar 

r in is olubl~ in petrol um pirit , turpentine coa.1-tar 

naphtha, chlormated olYents, ancl hot dryin(J' oil [7]. It 

adhere tenaciou ly to urfoce . e, 

Damar vami h ~meetin~ this . pecification shows approximately the following characteri ;tic : 
Paint ;JJanual 

,Yei.~ht Yolmne l't'l'('l'llf f'Cl'CCllt llJ/yo/ !JUI/lb 

Damar vnrni:-d1 . . . . . . . . . . . 	 0.133!) 0. ! Ii .. ·onvolatile . . . . . . . . . . . -l.:i 

Volatile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ;;;; 

100 100.0 

As amendment 1 jg n temporary mea ure to con erve critical matedaL during the mergency the following fini. he. 

are urro·e 'ted ns . nb titnte. for dnmnr Yarni. h: 

Yn.rni. h · Interior, TT-Y'"-71n. 

Varni h · pirit ( hellac Yarni. h Replacement), TTY-1:30. . 

Paint. · Oil, Interior, Eggshell-Flat-Fini h TT-P-51a 

(painting radiators). 

(h) 	SheJJac; Orange 

TT-S-271, April 29, 1930 

Amendment 1, May 27, 1944* 

_All 8hellac (. ee glo.. ary) is a manufactured product of .. tick Jae. the . ecretion of the La(·r·ij( r Lo(·(·r1 li"Nr. Four 

t~vpe. of orange . hel1ac are covered by Federal Spe<.:iticat1on TT-S-~71. Type ....\ include~ the gmde. · of . hellnc 

known to the trade a: Double Triangle (r, Diamornl I, 

~nperfine. the highe:t grade., D.( . and Y$.0.. nnd the o­

<·alled machine-made ·hellac.,. c,r ancl CYT... r. 

Type B include Fine, Good. an<l Heart. the grade considered in the trade a lower than "'uperfine but higher than 

Pure T.~. 

Type repre ent the grade kno,Yn in the trade a Pure 

T.J..r. Thi shellac i r . in-free ( e glo .. arr). but i darker 

and contain more in:oluble material than typ . A or B. 

Type D repre. ent the grade knmn1 in the trnde a r.s.S.­

....\.T.N. and n. ually contain ro. in up to a maxin~mn of 3 

percent. It i.· li<rhter in color than tvpe but 1. <larhr 

and contain. mo;e in. oluhle material than tJT> .\ or B. 

The color of orange • hellac ( · e gfo ary) u ed in orange 

· hellac ·mrni. h i immaterial n. it result in only a light 

differenc in the color of the varni h film.. However. if 

the buyer de. ire. to con ider color. he .J10uld furni h a 

~lectefl ample and houlcl ~tate ~YhicJ_1 of the two metho~l.~ 

l!IV n in .'ection F-:3g of the . pec1ficat10n hould be n ed m 

d termining the color. It .::hould b noted that: when te ted 
~4 Buildi11.g illaterials and > tructw·e.· Reports 

by method 1. shellacs containing appreciable amoun~s. of 

wax and orpiment are lighter in color than those contammg 

small amounts of the e substances. A shellac may be darker 

than the selected standard when tested by method 1 but 

lighter when tested by method 2. 

(i) 	Varnish; Shellac 

TI'-V-91a, Feb. 26, 1940 

Amendment 2, Jan. 7, 1944* 

Federal Specification TT-V-91a i expected to meet all 

Go-vernment needs for shellac varnish ( see glo ary). It 

comes in type I, bleached (white), and type II, orange. 

Each type covers two grades, A and B, and each grade tl_1ree 

kinds of body-light, medium, and heavy. The desHed 

type, grade, and body should be stated in the invitation for 

bids. 

Ordinarily, grade A of type I :fulfills all the needs for. a 

white shellac varnish and grade B should be used only m 

cases requiring a clear, bleached varnish almost entirely free 

from wax or other su pended matter. 

Grade A of type II u ually includes rosin-free shellac. 

It is lighter in color than grade B, which is intended for 

u e ,Yhere small percentage ( not over 3 percent) of ro in 

are not objectionable and where lightne s of color of she11ac 

varnish is not es entia1. 

The thinner, or solvent, used in shellac varnish may be 

either one of two formulas. It may consist of specially denatured alcohol made of 100 gal of 95-percent ethyl alcoho~ 

(190 proof) and 5 gal of methyl alcohol. It may consist of 

a proprietary oh-ent composed of materials authorized by 

the U. S. Bureau of Internal Revenue as follows: 100 gal of 

the above-de cribed pecially denatured alcohol. 5 gal of 

denatured ethyl acetate, and 1 gal of aviation ga oline. Isopropyl alcohol ( 90 percent) is permitted by the r. . Army 

.Air Corp as an alternative for the above-de cribed formula , and the Navy Department require that unle otherwise pecified, the solvent must be denatured alcohol made 

from U. . P. grade ethyl alcohol denatured by the addition of 0.05 percent of croton oil U. . P. and dyed by the 

adrlition of fuchsin 1 part in 500,000 [8]. 

Ligh~-: medium-, and heavy-bodied Yarnishes corre pond 

respectively to _4-., 4:.5-, and 5-lb "cuts" ( ee glo ary) of 

shellac. The mm1mum allowable percentages of nonvolatile 

matter for each body of vami h given in ection E of this 
Paint 11!anual 55 

specification have been corrected for 2-percent maximum 

moisture, including volatile matter, and 3 percent of insoluble matter in flake orange hellac; and for 6 percent of 

moisture and volatile matter in bleached dry hellac. Thu , varnishes made by cutting 4, 4:.5, and 5 lb of either orange or 

bleached shellac in 1 gal of specified solvent should meet the 

nonvolatile requirements of the specification. "'\Ym. II. Gardner has prepared directions for making and blending shellac 

varnishes of variou bodies [9]. 

An average light-bodied shellac varnish meeting this 

specification has the -following characteristics: 

Weight Volume 	 sp gr 

Percent P ercent lb/ gal gal/lb 

Light-boi'lie<! shellac 

¥arnish ....... . 7.1,G 0.1304 0.861 'onvo1ati1e . . . . . . . 3:'i.!"i 30.6 

Volatile . . . . . . . . . . 64.;") 69.4 

100.0 100.0 

An 	average heavy-bodied hellac varni h has the following characteristics: 

Weight 

J•ercc11t 

Yolnme 

P ercent lb/ gal gal/ lb 

sp gr 

IIea,\r-ho<lied , hellac 

Yarnisll ......... 'ouvolatile ... . ... Volatile ........... 41.0 

5U.O 

3:i.7 

H-1.3 

7.262 0.1377 0. 71 

100.0 100.0 

(j) 	Varnish; Spirit (Shellac Varnish Replacement) 

TT-V-130, Sept. 28, 1943 

This specification covers the improved spirit varnishes 

and is intended ( as a con. ervation mea lll'e) primarily to 

replace shellac varnish, which it resembles in appearance. 

It can be applied to wood, metal, paper and te~--tiles, and 

may also be u ed in place of oil-re in varnishes where rapid 

drying i more important than length of service. ~"'hellac varnish replacement (a wartime product) conforming to the specification may be produced from a number of available domestic materials without the use of drying oils and metal driers. However, difference in composition produces a variation in properties. A typical shellac 

varnish replacement may consist of about 50 to 75 percent by 
56 Building A!aterial8 and Structures Reports 

weicrht of an alcohol-soluble, polymerized (see glo sary) 

ro in blended with about 25 to 50 percent by weight of zein 

( protein derived from corn) and dis olved in alcohol; a 

plasticizer ( for example, low-titre fatty acids) may al o be 

pre ·ent. Blends of polymerized ro in and ethyl cellulo e 

hav also been used. The method of blending the e mat~­

rial appears to affect the quality of the product. The ordinary spirit varni hes composed of simple solutions of copals 

(see glo ary) and rosin dissolved in alcohol do not meet 

this specification. 

Performance tests show that the good grades of shellac 

varni h replacement appear to be equivalent to shellac varnish in color, glo , drying time, film clarity, coverage, ease 

of anclino-, water resistance, and abrasion resistance. On 

the other hand, the film is less resistant to the action of 

various sohents such a. alcohol, than films of hellac varni h dried the same length of time. 

The varnish should not be mixed with ordinary paint, 

varni ·h, or lacquer, or be thinned w'ith turpentine or mineral 

spirits. 

The material should be applied in thin coats by eitlrnr 

spray gun or brush. 

ome of the earlier shellac replacement varni he. tended 

to thicken or gel in the package. On the other hand, certain 

brands have always exhibited good stability in the package. 

This would indicate that, when the ingredients are correctly 

formulated and combined, there hould be no gelling. 

As an aid in keeping the material in satisfactory condition it is sugge ted that the buyer reque t that shellac replacement varni h be packed in gla s containers. The e 

should be kept in a relatively cool place not exposed to 

direct sunlight. The material should not be stored in an 

excessively hot or cool place. 

\.lthouo-h the material is a wartime product, it served 

a very useful purpose at a time when shellac varnish was 

unobtainable. 

(k) 	Lacquer; praying, Oear and Pigmented (General Use) 

TT-L-58, April 29, 1942 

I?rayi~g lacquer (see glo sary) purchased under this 

spec1ficahon hould contain cellulo . .ic derivatives. Thi 

lacquer i intended for indoor or outdoor use and is to be 
Paint Manual 57 

applied by a spray gun. It is not intended to Le a brushing 

la~quer. Metal surfaces should be primed with a suitable 

pruner, and wood surfaces should be sealed with a suitable 

seal before applying this lacquer. 

For application by spraying, the lacquer is usually satisfactory for use without a thinner, unless one is furnished. 

However, should thinning be necessary, material covered by 

Federal Specification TT-T-266 is suggested. 

: The nonvolatile base for type I clear lacquer may consist of: 

Weight 

Percent 

Volume 

Percent 

Cellulose nitrate . . . . . . . . . . . . Alkyd resin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dibutyl phthalate . . . . . . . . . . . Fish oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 

60 

6 

3 

~3.5 

6::5.0 

,.3 

4.2 

The above nonvolatile 

vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lacquer thinner TT-'1'-2613... 

100 

1:i 

:'i 

100.0 

10.4 

!).6 

JOO 100.0 

Type II (pigmented lacquer) ran be made from 100 lb. 

(or 13.4: gal) of the above type I lacquer and about 614 lb 

of a suitable pigment. The weight per gallon of either type 

does not vary much from 71h lb; type I may be abo!1t 7.4:5 

lb. and type II with a medium chrome yellow pigment 

about 7.8 lb. 

C) Sealer; Floo-; Lacquer-type 

(for Oiled Wood Floors) 

TT-S-171, April 8, 1942 

. This floor sealer is intended for ealing oil-treated floorlllO' and oiled wood floors that have been sanded and cleaned. 

~ealing the oil within the flooring preYent ub equent marrm()' ot the fini hed surface. Tlns lacquer-type ealer al o 

smooths and inteo-rates the surface to which it is applied, 

thus producing a, finished appearan.ce and ~nishing a base 

for wax and varnish. Open-gramec~ flo~rmg hould be 

treated with wood filler, Federal Spec1ficat10n TT-F-336a, 

before the application o:f .._ealer. . Precautions should be taken adequately to ventilate the 

room while applying the sealer. 
58 B1..tildi11g 111aterial., and Structures Repol't8 

6. WATER PAINTS 

Water paints were probably the first paints used by man 

and are still widely used. The following four Fed~ral 

Specifications have been prepared for water-reducible 

paints. 

(a) 	Calcimine; (Cold- and Hot-Water Types) 

TT-C-96, May 4, 1940 

Calcimine, or kalsomine, is an inexpensive powdered mixture of pigments, such a whiting, china clay, and glue :rn-3:de 

ready for application by the addition of ·water. It 1s mtended for temporary interior use and is easily removed by 

sponging the surface with warm water. 

The specification covers two types of calcimine: type I, 

c<_>ld water, .a~cl type II, hot water. Type I is more convement for IUixmg, as water at ordinary temperatures can. be 

usec~. .Type II calcimine, considered a smoother bru.s~mg 

calc1mrne than type I, requires boilino- water for mixmg. • 

Unpainted plaster walls should be 0sizecl with either a 

glue-water size or, if the plaster is dry, a varnish size; the 

lntter can be bought ready-prepared or made by thinning 

1 gal of interior varnish (Fed. Spec. TT-Y-71a) with 1 qt 

of turpentine. For the be t results, a :fom1dation can be 

m~de for the calcimine by applying one coat of fl.at wall 

pa.mt (TT-P-51:.t) oyer either the vamish size or over one 

coat of p~imer (TT-P-56). 

One tlnck coat of calcimine is usually sufficient. If a 

sec~nd ~o~t is nece sary, it must be brushed on killfully to 

a-v01~l li-ftmg the first coat. After the calcimine has been 

applied, the room should be aired thorouo-hly to dry the 

calcimine quicklv. 	 0 

In repaintingV with calcimine, the old calcimine should 

first be ~p~nged oft with warm water. tlrns removing all the 

old calc1mme ( and the dirt) before applvino- the fresh coat. 

A typi?al white calcimine powder has ttbo~t the following 

compo 1t1on : 

I ngretlients Weight Volume

Percent perceiit Pigment: 

Whiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 'i~ 70.8 


Chiua clay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 20.6 


Binder: 


ilue ........................................ . 3 G.0


henol (cariJolic acitl) ....................... . 1 2.6


100 100.0 
Paint llI ariual 

One gallon of this white calcimine powder free from all 

voids weighs 21 lb and has a specific gravity of 2.6. The 

actual shipping wei~ht of the calcimine will be less than 

this theoretical weight. 

(b) Paint; Cement-Water, Powder, White and Tints 

(for Interior and Exterior Use) 


TT-P-21, June 30, 1941 


Portland-cement-water paint covered by this specification 

js intended for use on porous surfaces of masonry concrete, 

stucco, common brick, masom·y block, and rough plaster 

l except gypsum plaster). It does not bond to steel, but 

some brands are used satisfactorily on galvanized iron. It 

is furnished in two types and two classes, in white and tints. 

Type I powder contains not less than 65 percent of portland cement and not more than 25 percent of hydrated lime; 

type II powder contains not less than 80 percent of portland 

cement and not more than 10 percent of hydrated lime. Both 

types include from 3 to 5 percent of titanium dioxide, zinc 

sulfide, or a mixture of these, and from ¥2 to 1 percent of the 

water repellents, calcium or aluminum stearate. Both types 

should give satisfactory service, but where there is excessive 

moisture, as in swimming pools and water tanks type II 

paint should be used. 

Class A powder has no siliceous aggregate, but class B 

contains from 20 to 40 percent. Class ..A is suitable for all 

surfaces except open-textured masomy. Cla B is suggested :for open-joint walls and materials such as cin ler 

block lightweight aggreO'ate block, and similar urfaces 

where a heavy coating is necessary to fill voids and creYi.ces. 

The aggregate in class B tends to lessen map cracking and 

crazing. If the texture resulting from the use of paint containing class B powder is too rough, a coat of paint containing class A powder may be u ed. 

Cement-water paint should bond. with the surface and 

with succeeding coats of paint of either type to form a 

finish o:f l1igh durability. Durability of the coatinf! is determined more by the paint surface, the method of application, 

and the curing of the paint film than by the composition of 

cement-water powder used in the paint. 

Mo t cement-water paint film have adequate opacity 

-when dry but during rainy weather they frequently become 

nearly transparent. Inclusion of from 3 to 5 percent o:f the tillll4:i -1:; -5 
GO Building Materials and Structures Reports 

opaque pigments titanium dioxide or zinc sulfide tends to 

improve the opacity of the wet film. 

The surface to which the paint is applied must be clean, 

damp, and :free from dirt, du t, oil, "form-lacquer", o~ ~ny 

other substance that would prevent the paint froII:1; striking 

in or bonding to the wall. If the surface to be pa1!1-ted has 

been previously treated with an organic waterproofing compound or a sealing type of paint, the coating must be removed (preferably by sandblasting) . The surface must be 

sufficiently porous to afford "tooth" :for the paint. If there 

is doubt, as in the case of monolithic concrete, the surf~ce 

should be lightly sandblasted, etched by washing w~th 

' builder's acid" ( see glossary) , and rinsing thoroughly with 

water, or dry rubbed with an abrasive stone. . Although cement-water paint can be applied by wlntewash brushes or spray guns, the best results are obtained by 

scrubbing the paint into the surface with a stiff-fiber bn~sh. 

Thus, a good bond is produced between the paint coatmg 

nnd the wall surface and between coats of the paint its~lf. 

This 	method is particularly recommended for applicat10n 

of type II paint and where waterproofing is desired. So:ft 

brushes are not recommended. 

Tints and white may be intermixed to produce a variety 

of colors; however, the addition of dry tinting colors should 

be avoJded as they should be milled-in by the rn:.rnufacturer 

to avoid color streaking. 

(c) 	Paint; Cold-Water, Exterior, Powder 

(with mixing liquid) · 

TT-P-22, August 30, 1943 

This specification covers a low-cost powder paint and a 

mixing liquid to produce a dry porous film. This "breathing'' type of paint is intended for surfaces permeable to 

moisture and where durability and protection from weather 

are not required. It i applied chiefly to exterior surfaces 

of cement cinder block, and brick, and may be used :for 

weather-beaten wood and for firm interior surfaces such as 

concrete brick and cement. 

The paint is obtainable in white and light tints. However a note jn the specification indicates that it may be obt~ined in da!k solid colors, such as camouflage colors. For 

tmts and solid colors, the purchaser should specify the color 

required and whether the tint should match a designated 

sampl. 
Paint ;Jfanual 61 

To meet the requirements for wet and dry opacity £or ·w·hite and light tints it is nece sary to u e ome titanium 

di.oxide or some of the types of zinc sulfide pigments. atisfactory white material passing this specification was fom1d 

to contain 13 percent of milk casein and not less than 4: 

percent of hydrated lime. Camouflage colors such as Field 

Drab, No. 303, Earth Yellow, No. 305 and and No. 306, 

should match the appropriate standard hown on the color 

card [5]. Paint mixed as in section. F-3b of the specification. when brushed on the type of hiding-power chart (see 

glo sary) described in section F-3g (1), should show the 

following minimum wet and dry capacitie : 

No more than 7.5 ml of paint spread over an area 

of 1 sq ft shall be required to attain complete visual 

dry hiding.2 

In addition to matching the color standard darker camouflage colors should sho,v the following minimum opacity: 

No more than 6 ml of paint spread o,~er an area 

of 1 sq ft hall be required to attain complete visual 

dry hiding. 

The opacity requirements £or colors other than camouflage colors should approximate those of the camouflage 

colors that they most l}.early match. 

The use of linseed oil, raw or boiled, and spar varnish, 

in addition to water, a mixing liquids for ca ein po,Y<ler 

paint ha long been a common practice. Drying oil , which 

impart weather resi tance and flexibility readily pmtluce 

an oil-in-water emul ion in casein powder paint . Currently 

available are specially proce secl drying oils which contain 

emulsifier and stabilizer to disperse the oil directly in the 

water. Such "water-dispersible·, oils contain at least 80 

percent by weight of olid . Either type of oil should produce satisfactory paints, but when the invitation for bids 

specifie emulsified oils the te ting laboratory should be 

notified becau e the emulsified oil will not conform to the 

Federal ~pecification for boiled linseed oil. 

The surface to which the paint is applied should be clean 

and uniformly damp. Loose paint, dirt, and dust can be 

: t. ighting and viewing conditions [10 ). 
G2 Building 1.1!aterials and tructures Rezw>·ts 

removed by craping and by brushing with a wire brush; 

calcimine and ofoe-bound water paint can be removed by 

wu hing. Metal should be primed with a suitable oil paint 

( uch as red lead paint, Fed. Spec. TT-P-86) before water 

paint is applied. 

Powder paint should be purchased by net weight. In.the 

case of tint •the purchaser should specify the color required 

and whether it shall match a selected sample . 

. Although this is a performance spec:ification. a typical 


paint made from 100 lb of white powder 10 gal of ,vater, 


aud 1 gal of oil contains the following ingredient : 


Wei1?:ht 

I'crce11t 

Titanium dioxide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 'i.n 

Calcium carbonate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 .3 

Hydrated lime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 

<'lay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.7 

('a:-;ein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. 

Preser,atiYe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O.:i 

Lin.·eed oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1 

\Vater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43.6 

100.0 

Such a paint weighs about 11.1 ]b/ gnl and has a PY of 

about 59. This is merely an example, as other formulations 

may be u ed under the specification. 

(d) Paint; Cold-Water, Interior 

Light Tints and White 

TT-P-23a, l\1ar. 22, 1940 

The cold-water paint covered by this specification is fur~ 

ni heel in powder and in 1)aste form. It is inten<le<l chiefly 

for decorating pla ter and other dry interior masonry surface but i ometime · used for temporary exterior work. 

It i not recommended for use on ba ·ement walls if dampness is pre ent becau e of its tendency to mildew. 

The binder in this paint is milk casein, soya bean protein, 

or other form of protein. HoweYer, the specification is 

based on physical tests, not on composition. 

Dry opacity t t. made according to the specification have 

sh wn that the ~ame hiding power i · obtained from 3.5 qt of 

one pa ·t and 4.~~ <1t of another ptt 'te with the ame content 
Paint .11anual 

of zinc sulfide and total olids. The degree of dry opacity of 

a paste is also affected by the inerts chosen. 

Some users are interested in the washability of cold-water 

paints. In practice, the time required for the paint coat to 

age before it can be washed varies from 5 to 30 days. Paints 

that develop washability slowly may be cleaned more easily 

than tho e that develop it quickly. Mild white oap and 

tepid water are recommended for washing this paint. 

Before cold-water paint is a pplied, the urface to be covered should be free from powdery material, such as loose 

plaster and calcimine, and should present a sound, firm surface for painting. Iron and steel honld be coated with oil 

paint to prevent rust stains. 

The po sible variation in porosity of adjacent plaster surfaces may frequently make advisable the application o:f an 

initial priming or sealing coat to overcome uneven suction 

effects. Such sealers are obtainable in both the oil- and 

water-base types. _\.n oil-ba e primer meeting Federal 

Specification TT-P-56 is satisfactory if such a primer penetrates and fills the surface, drying to a dull, hard finish 

within 18 hr. 

Although Federal Specification TT-P-23a is ha ed 

mainly on performance requirements, a typical white powder may contain (percentage by weight) about 54 lithopone, 

22 whiting, 12 hydrated lime, 1 trisodium phosphate, 1 preservative :md 10 ca ein. This mixture ha a pecific gravity 

of about 2.7-!, and 1 gal of the powder weighs about 23 lb. 

Type II paste may contain (percentage by -weight) about 

66.7 of the above pigments and ca ein (total nonvolatile) 

and 33.3 water. This paste weighs about 1-:l: lb/ gal and ha 

a PV of about 72. Thee are merely examples as other 

formulations may be used under the specification. 

Directions for mixing with water are u nally printed on 

each package of powder and pa te. In t11e ah ence of directions, the material should be thinned to a ..uitable con i ­

tency for brushing. Although paints hould meet the remixing requirements stated in sections E-lb, E-2b, and F-3b 

of the specification, it is better practice to u e them the same 

day they are mixed. 

amples are not u ually nece ary. If required, they 

should be called for in the invitation for bids. The purpo e 

of the bid ample hould be stated the pecification to apply 

in all other re pect . 
6-:l: Buil-ding J.lJate,·ials and Structure,· Reports 

(e) Paint; Resin-Emulsion, Interior, Paste 

Light Tints and White 

Tl'-P-88a, May 26, 1945 

This specification covers a water thinned paste paint. of 

the resin-emulsion type that may be applied as a decoratn~e 

coating on interior walls and ceilings of plaster. In addition to plaster, it may be used on concrete, brick, ma~onr:y, 

wallboard, and fabric. Paint meeting this specificat10n 1s 

not intended for wood and metal but may be used on such 

surfaces if they are suitably primed. 

This cold-water paint dries in 1 to 3 hr and may be _recoated in 6 to 8 hr. The .film becomes hard after drymg 

overnight. 

Before this paint is applied, the surface should be :free 

from powdery material, such as du t, calcimine, or loose 

plaster, and should present a sound, firm surface for paintmg. 

Attention is called to suggestions regarding porous surfaces and washing, given in section III--!-( d) of this manual, "~hich also apply to this and similar paints. 

The paint can be applied either by brush or sprn.y, but 

not in freezing weather. The brushes should be wa hed 

with soap and water before the paint dries on the brush. 

Although emulsion paint is usually applied by brush it can 

be applied by praying and by "roller" coating. The latter 

procedure has become very popular as a quick and ea y 

method for applying emulsion paint to the surfaces of walls 

nnd ceilings. 

Directions £or mixing the paste with water are usually 

printed on each package. Nothing but water should be 

added to the material unless otherwi e recommended by the 

manufacturer. For application to pla ter 2 parts by volume of pa te are usually thinned ,nth 1 part by volume of 

water so that 1 o-allon of paste makes 1112 gal of paint. For 

porous urfaces, 3 parts of pa te can be thinned with 2 

parts of water. For spraying, 5 parts of paste are thinned 

with 2 parts of water. The e proportions are approximate. 

When gi,en, the manufacturer's directions should be followed. 

Federal pecification TT-P-8 a is based mainly on performance requirements, and con iderable latitude is allowed 

the manufacturer regarding composition. The product is an 

oil-in-water emulsion in which the vehicle i, an emul ion of 

film-forrnin(J' oil , re ins, etc., in an aqueou pha e. The 
Paint 1.lfanual 

water or outer phase contains a number of ingredients, including water; an emulsifyiitg agent ( ee glo ary), uch as 

casein; a bodying agent, such as alginate or methylcellulo e; 

a preservative, .such a phenol and its derivative ; an antifoaming agent, such a pine oil or butyl alcohol· and alts or 

alkalies, such as ammonia. The oil phase may con i t of oil. . resins, and driers. A type used before the war con i ted of 

an oil-modified alkyd resin (see glos ary). 1Yhen alky<l 

re ins became critical because of the war, the oil pha econsi tecl of materials such as ester gum and lin eed oil. The 

formulation of such a product requires con iderable kill 

and experience on the part of the manufacturer. 

The pigments used are the same as in high-grade oil paint , consisting of titanium-base and zinc sulfide-ha e pigments, 

together with eA1;enders such as clay, mica and magne ium 

silicate for white colors. 

A typical paste paint contains (percentage by weight) 

about 50 percent vehicle (25 to 30 percent nonvolatile) and 

50 percent pigment. An average paste weigh about 13 

lb/ gal and the PV is about 5-!. 

(f) Whitewash 

Whitewash is one of the oldest paints [11]. It is used 

for both exterior and interior surfaces; for example, heds, 

telephone poles, road ide obstruction , concrete ma onry, 

and brickwork. 

The principal ingredient in ,vhitewa h i lime paste. .A 

satisfactory paste can be made with hydrated lime but better 

re ult are obtained by using quicklime that has been slaked 

with enough water to make a moderately stiff pa te and has 

been kept in a loo ely covered container for seYeral day , or 

preferably months. Eight gallons of stiff lime pa te are 

produced by slaking 25 lb of quicklime in 10 gal of water 

or by soaking 50 lb of hydrated lime in 6 aal of water. The 

pa te should then be trained through a fine creen to remo"\'"e 

lump or foreign matter. 

Whitewash can be made from va 'ions combinations of 

lime pa....te and other ingredient . Two aood :formulas for 

whitewash are 

FORMULA .1. ro. 1 

Ca, ein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ri lh. 
 Tri odium pllo. phate . . .. .. .... 3 lb. 
 Lime pui-;te . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . gal. 
6G Building Material.· and Stl'uctures Reports 

The casein should be soaked in 2 gal of hot wat~r u;11til 

thoroughly softened ( approximately 2 hr). The tr1sodm~ 

phosphate dissolved in 1 gal of water is added to.the cas~m 

mixture and the ca ein allowed to dissolve. Tlu. olut10n 

should be mixed with the lime pa te and 3 ga 1 of water. 

Such a whitewash t:iho,vs the following characteristics: 

Weig-ht Volume 

1ngredie11t1S Percent Percent 

Hydrated lime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2fl.O 15.0 

Ca:ein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.fi 3.1 

Trisodium phosphate . . . . . . . . . 2.6 l.!) 

Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65.8 80.0 

100.0 100.0 

The whitewa h weighs 10 lb/ gal and has a specific gravity 

of 1.21 ; one pound bulks 0.009 gal. The PY i about 75. 

FOIUlULA KO. 2 

Common l';alt ................. 12 lh 

Powdered alum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 oz 1\Iola.·:;;e · . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 qt 

Lime paste . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 gal 

The salt and alum are dissolved in 4 gal of hot water, 

after which the molasses is added to the mixture. The 

resulting clear solution is then added to the lime paste, 

stirred vigorously, and thinned with water to the desired 

consistency. This white'\\·a h has a yellow tinge when first 

applied, but the color disappears in a :fe-w days, leaving a 

white film. 1faterial made according to this :formula is used 

by highway departments for marking trees, poles, and other 

objects on highways. 

If skim milk is available. a satisfactory whitewash or 

cold-water paint can be made by diluting a moderately 

heavy, cold, lime pate (about 33 lb of hydrated lime and 8 

gal of water) with 5 gal of skim milk. 

For additional in:formation on whitewash the purchaser 

is advised to con ult the bulletin of the National Lime .A.ssociation mentioned in reference [11]. 

7. MISCELLAFEOUS MATERIALS USED BY PAINTERS 

This group covers materials that cannot be classified such 

as fillers, putty ( see glo ary) , paint and varnish removers, 

waxes, bituminou · plastic cement, and a phalt roof-coating. 
Paint Manual 	 · 67 

(a) 	Filler; Wood, Paste 

TT-F-336a, Sept. 20, 1941 

1Yood filler is a mixture of sile:x or grom1c.l quartz and 

quick-drying varnish u ed to fill the pores o:f open-grained 

wood, such as oak, before varnish is applied and sometimes 

before painting. The paste filler i thim1ed to bru hing 

consistency with turpentine or mineral spirits. Paste wood 

filler covered by this specification i intended for u e on 

open-grained floors and flooring. 1Vhen thinned it can h-\ 

substituted for a pigmented liquid wood filler. 

In applying the filler, a thick coating should be rubbed 

into the wood "·ith a tiff brn h. After 15 min the exce · paste can be wiped off aero the grain of the wood. ·\Yhich 

should then be rubbed well with excelsior or a cloth pad. 

Pa te wood filler honlrl be purcha. eel b:r net weight. 

Samples are not usually necessary. If required they should 

be called for in the invitation for bic1s. The purpo e of the 

bid sample should be stated, the specification to app1y in 

all other respects. (For colored filler ee section E-1 in the 

·pecification). 

The lighte t and heasie t uncolored pa te .filler meeting 

thi specification show the following characteristics: 

Weig'llt Yolume ~P ~r I'Y 

Percent I'rrcent lb/gal gal/ lb 

Lio-ht filler ....... . . .. .. 1:-i. 2 o.ona 1. n G-1 

Pigment . . . . ... . . . . . ~onvolatile ......... 7? 

17 

:-i6 

32 

Yolatile ··········. ;, 12 

100 100 

Weight Yo1Ulll€' 	 i:;p irr PY I'er ce11t P rrce11 t lldynl [/Il l/l b 

Reavy filler ........... .. ]7.24 0.0:-i " 2.0i 76 


Pigment ........... ;, Im 


Ton,olatile 10 21 ········· Yolatile ............. ;) ]3 


100 100 

1Yhen 10 lb of the lighte t paste i thinned with 6.% lb 

(1 gal) of mineral pirit a lightweio-ht wood filler with 

the following chamcteri tic i produced : 
(),." Building ll!aterialiS and tr1,cture,· Rep01·ts 

Weight Yolnme , p gr PY 

Perce11t Pernent lu/gal gal/ll> 

Thinned light 

filler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.22 0.097 1.226 

Pigment . . . . . . . . . . . ~ ·onYolatile . . . . . . . . 47 

10 

:!2 

]2 

,olatile . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 66 

100 100 

(b) Putty and Elastic Compound; 

(for) Metal-sash Glazing 

TT-P-781a, July 12, 1941 

Amendment 1, July 20, 1943 

(c) Putty; Pure-Linseed Oil; 

(for) Wood-Sash Glazing 

TT-P-79la, June 25, 1938 

Amendment 1, July 20, 1943 

Before glazing, both old and new surfaces should be fr~e 

from dampne s ice, di1i, and loose paint. Such sub tances 

can be removed by drying the surfaces, then wiping them 

clean with a cloth saturated with turpentine, mineral spirits, 

or similar olvent. Suitable priming coats should be applied 

to the bare clean wood or metal before applying the putty. 

The. e priming coats on wood should be allowed to dry and 

should prevent excessive loss of oil or other vehicle from 

the putty or glazing-compound. Many glazing technologi·t do not recommend a primer such a shellac, that dries 

to a hard glazed surface. uitable materials for priming 

wood are thin white-lead-linseed-oil paint, Federal Specification TT-P-40 amendment 1, type II; e~-terior primer 

paint TT-P-25, amendment 1. or spar varni h, TT-Y-121b, 

thinned with one-fourth it volume of mjneral spirits or 

turpentine. The e coating hould be allowed to dry hard 

l>efore putty or elastic glazing compound is applied. 

\JI teel su h honld be primed with a ru t-inhibitive 

paint. for example, red-lead paint conforming to Fedei·al 

Specification TT-P-86, amendment 1. 

Putty ancl ela tic glazing compound should be painted 

within 2 month. aft r application. HoweYer. the paint 

should not be applied until the putty is hard and thoronghly 

set, as the formation of an airtight film retards drying and 

may later cau e the surface of the paint to check. Certain 

spe ·ial quick etting putties mu t be painted within a week 

of exposure t(.l' the weather to avoid deterioration of the 
Paint Ll!anual 

putty. Paint should be applied carefully oTer putty, the 

paint coat to extend slightly beyond the edge of the putty 

on the glass to form a seal. 

Glazing material coYered by Federal Specification TTP-7 la are intended for general use for the glazing of metal 

ash and are analogous to (but not always identical with) 

the best plastic calking compound conforming to TT-C-59 . 

In ofar as it is practicable, glazing material. should be 

formulated to afford maximum ease of application without 

detracting :from durability. 

Type I coV"ers elastic glazing compounds that may be u ed 

mainly for glazing either interior or exterior metal sa h aml 

al ·o properly primed wood sa h. It should dry to a har<l 

nrface but should remain slightly soft and plastic underneath for area onable period of time. This soft, or pla tic, 

condition jg de irable where ·ffindow., glazed doors, swin<Ying transoms, and elevator housing are ubject to considerable Yibration, and on skylights, where maximum durability 

js necessary. Consequently, type I material houkl be specified where low annual maintenance cost is of primary importance. If available, it should always be u ed on permanent structures. 

Type II covers a metal sash putty of lower quality than 

type I, but is probably satisfactory for temporary buildings. 

Both types of glazing material shonld be applied according 

to the manufacturer's directions. 

Glazing materials should be used while they are till :fre h 

and as they come from the c011tainer, without a<ldHion of 

any thinner. Therefore, the materials hould be purcha ed 

in relatively mall amount for immediate u. e. 

Type I elashc glazing compound meeting the pecifica ­ tions may contain whiting, a small amount of a. bei tos fiber. 

a mixture of bodied drying and semidrying oils Ruch ns 

fish and soyb~an, drier, and thinner. It has approximatc>1y 

the foJlowing clrnracteri be : 

Weight Yolume .p ~r PV 

Percent Percent 111 / {Jal gal/lb 

Elastic glazin~ 

compound ...... . Pigmf'nt . . . . . . . . . . . 

-·onrnl:ltile . . . . . . . . s:; J3 

6:i.!> 

2c.9 

17.-t... 0.0:;74 2.0. 

Yolatilf> . . . . . . . . . . . 2 fi.2 

100 100.0 
70 Building 1.llaterial.· a,ul Structures Reports 

Federal pecification TT-P-79la covers the requirements 

for high-grade linseed-oil putty for general use on woodsash 

glazing. It is furnished in types I and II. .,.<\Jth_ough the 

two type · may be used interchangeably, type II 1s rec~mmencled where a hard material is desirable, such as for fillrng 

hole and crack . Some u er consider it more durable than 

type I putty. 

Type I whiting putty with the maximum pigment ha the 

follo,vin<Y charaderistics: 

Weight Yolume 

Percent Percent lb/gal gal/ l1J 

i:;p gr PV 

Putty, type I ........ . 

Pigment (whiting-) . 

'onvolatile 

vehicle . . . . . . . . 

Volatile vehicle..... 

8.0 

10. 

1.2 

71.2 

~'."i.:i 

3.3 

1 .18 0.055 2.18 

100.0 100.0 

Type II white-lea<l-whiting putty with maximum pigment how the following characteristics: 

Weight Volume spgr PV 

Percent Perne11t lb/ gal gal/lb 

Putty, type II 

Pigment 

rn.43 0.051 2.33 

(white lead) 

Pigment .... 10.0 3.-H 

( whiting-) ....... 7!).0 68.33 

Xonvolatile . . • . . . . . fl.9 2:-i.02 

Volatile . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1 3.21 

100.0 100.00 

Oft.en putty contains le. s piQl'Ilent than the maximum 

specified, u ually not les than 5 percent in type I. A typi­ cnl putty how : 

Weight Volume i::p gr PV Percent Percent lb/gal gal/lb 

Puttr. tyt)e I ....... . Pigm nt . . . . . • . . . . . •·oornlatile . . . . . . . . 85.0 

13.:; 

rn,.n 

30.!'i 

17.37 0.057 2.08 

Volatile . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 3.0 

100.0 100.0 
Paint Jla11ual 71 

(d) Remover; Paint and Yarni h 

(Organic- o]vent Type) 

TT-R-25la, Aug. 28, 1912 

Amendment 2, Oct. 2 , 1941 

Paint and varni h remoYers ar int ml <l principally for 

application to interior urfac but mav b utiliz d f r ·­ terior work if thi can be done eflicie1;tly. Th 'V ar furni hed in two type . 	 · · 

Type I paint and varnLh r mornr are int n l •d 01· u P 

in places that are r lutively fr from fire hazar l . Tn e 

II removers are intended f r u wher . om pro tion 

against fire hazard i de ired. Although rnmoYer of thi 

type may be considered nonflammable in their rigin, 1 condition some di cretion mu t b employed in their 1 e a~ th. 

nonflammable olvent that commonly con titut n J ortion 

of the active inp:redient tend to n1porat fa ter than the 

flammab]e portion. TJms it i important not to u er mov 1· 

of this type from damaged or 1 akinp: container an<l o 

prevent evaporation, a far a practicabl lnrin{r n ·tun] n . .­

of the material. 

NB Letter ircu1ar LC74!>. Puiut and '\ arnish Hem°'·­ ers, contain.· detailed information 011 th compo. ition < f 

Yurious kinds of paint und Yarni h r movers. 

(e) Wax, General Purpo e; • oh·ent Type, Liquid and 

Paste (for Floors, Furniture, etc.) 

P-W-158. ept. 17, 1942 

Amendment 1, }larch 11, 1943 

This ueneral purpose ~ax, as the title of the 

indicate . i intended for 11 ·e n • a poli. hinp: wa .. · n n h tH'­

face as floors ( except a phalt or rubber) and furnitur . It 

is available in one grade and in typ I (liqni 1) nnd typ ~ 

II (pa te). The 1. tter mny be u ed for maintaininrr th 

finish on automobile·. 

(f) 	Wax, Floor; olvent Type, Liquid (with R in . .) 

P-W-134, Oct. 29, 1942 

The floor wax pecified her in i int ded for u n all 

flooring except compo ition c ntnininrr a phalt or rub r. 

(g) Wa , Floor; Water-Emul ion 

P-W-151a April , 1942 

This liquid wax i, intended for o bituminous floors 

rubber flooring, and linoleum. It i the tn f wa · t hat 
72 Building 11laterial.<s and I tn,cture.· Reports 

does not have to be polished after application. Itis a waterwax emulsion, and should be kept in clean containers. 

Severe or prolonged freezing may break the emulsion, and 

thus it is suggested that it be not subjected to severe or 

prolonged freezing temperatures. 

(h) Cement; Bituminous, Plastic 

SS-C-153, Aug. 1, 1933 

Bituminous plastic cement is black in color, and composed 

of a bituminous binder (asphaltic-base in type I and coaltar base in type II) , inorganic filler, such as asbe tos fiber, 

and a solvent. The material is a soft, pliable paste that 

holds its shape within 2 or 3 days after application and 

gradually hardens to a tough rubber-like coating that is 

waterproof and durable. One hundred pounds of the 

cement spread 1/s in. thick will cover approximately 150 ft2

• 

Bituminous plastic cement is used on coal-tar pitch, for 

repairing leaks and cracks in all types of roofs-concrete, 

tin, composition, or shingle-for repairing chimneys, flues, 

gutters spouting, eaves and cornices, or as expansion-joint 

material for concrete and masonry. It adhere to brick and 

mortar and remains elastic, expanding and contracting with 

the surface. Type I asphaltic-ba e cement, is similar to 

roof coating meeting Federal Specification SS-R-451 except in consistency; it should be used with Federal pecification HH-F-191a flashing felt. 

(i) Roof-Coating; Asphalt, 

Brushing-Consistency 

SS-R-451, Aug. 1, 1933 

)faterial meeting this specification is known in the trade 

as a. phalt-asbesto roof coating. It is an inexpensive black 

paint: u ually compo ed of asphalt base (with or without 

fatty oil ) , a volatile olvent, and a mineral filler uch as 

a besto. fiber. Because the durability of the coating is 

dependent upon its thickness, the paint is of heavy brushing consistency and can be spread at the rate of 52 ft2/ gal 

for a film Ya 2 in. thick and at 26 ft2/gal for a film Yi_ 6 in. 

thick. Unlike ordinary paint, this coating should not be 

bru hed out thin. 

Asphalt roof-coating is recommended for use on corroded 

tin roofs that leak. Ordinary linseed-oil paints would be 
Paint 3/auual 

too thin for this purpost>. Uowt->v<>r. for met:d roof in .,. o l 

condition, lin eed-oil paints (Fed. .'p . TT-P-;Hn) an 

pr feruble. 

IV. PREPARATION OF URFACE D 


APPLICATION OF PAINTING MATERIAL 


The succes of a painting job 1.l pernL prin ipally on fonr 

factor·: (1) the con lit ion of the urfac to painted, 

(2) the condition of th pr l'ec.ling paint coat inn r paintingjob, ( 3) the prevailin(J' atmo 'pheric condition ) <1nality 

?f the paint and its uitability for the rvice exp cte<l. It 

1 probable that the cli regard of the ·e fact r:s is the chief 

cause of paint failure with all material . 

1. WOODWORK 

(a ) EXTERIOR URF ACES 

(1) Neu• Wori{·.-Painting honhl h clone onlv' in lear, 

dry weather. The urface should be fre from dew or fro·t 

and hould not b paint <1 until it fe l clr: to the hand. 

P ainting . hould not b done when the temperature L l l w 

50° For in urO'ent ca. s below 4:0° F. and in no a:e wh nth 

temperature is exp cte<l to drop 20 degre or well b low 

50° F . Pre aution ·houk1 be taken 11ot to pai it after a udden drop in temperatur . Thi~ i · accompli hed by toppingthe work enrl , eumwh in the afternoon to allow th paint to 

. et l)efore a ·udden drop in temp ratur occurs. Paint. 

hould not be applied while rain. now. or 1 ti foiling on 

the urface. ~ a rnle dry wo ]work ·an be painted immediately after erection. If the Jnmber or fini h j~ gr n 

when placed or h~1 b en ma<le very we for m other 

reason. it i ngge ted that at lea~ 1 week of dry. ~mm ' 

weather precede the painting. 

Oil paint nJ)plied over knot and • ppy woo 1 i~ likely to 

allirrator and pe 1 and w-Hh pine wood to li ofor. Th r i · apt to be mor alligatoring of p:iint over k-not-.. on nth r:n 

expo ure. be au of more nn. hine. and mor y How lLcolorntion of the paint over h1ot on th north id . where . un hine i weake. t. The knot~ may b :-pot pninte I witJ 

Orange helfac \-nrni h (Fe 1. I . TT- ~-9la). hella" 

Yarnish Replacement ( Feel. ~pee.. TT-Y-1!30 . or • hi!rh0Tade aluminum paint applied :1 day or two before~ ppl~·in" 

the primin,Y-coat paint. The W tern ~ew Yor- lub ,r 
7± Building J.11ateriabs and Structure· Reports 

the Federation of Paint ancl Yarnish Production Clubs 

:found that an effective sealer for knots consists of pure shellac varnish plasticized -with 6 liquid ounces of blow~1 .castor 

oil to the gallon of shellac varni h. This formula or1gmated 

at the Forest Products Laboratory, Madison, \\.,.is. However, experience in painting army cantonment .building~ c~nstructed of No. 2 common southern yellow pme contammg 

many knots indicates that ordinary shellac varnish or alu1;11­

num paint is of little value in sealing knots (see section 

VIII). When shellac varnish is applied too liberally over 

the knots, the paint on weathering tends to peel off. 1Vhen 

the shellac varnish is applied thin, the paint may not :peel, 

but yellow discoloration may show through from the pitch. 

All pitch should be scraped or burned from knots and other 

places; it is suggested that these areas then be scrubbed 

,,ith turpentine prior to painting. 

Excessive moisture back of the paint film is responsible 

for many failures of paint on exterior wood surfaces. The 

interior plaster in a frame dwelling house contains a great 

deal of moisture that dries slowly and is drawn through 

walls into the exterior wood by the heat of the sun. A 

properly formulated priming coat will permit this moist~U'e 

to pa through the film. If paint is applied to the exter10r 

wood siding before the new plaster is dry, it may blister (see 

glossary) and peel. 

The usual system of painting houses in white and light 

tints includes raw-linseed-oil paints like the unamended 

Federal Specification TT-P-40 and white-lead paints mixed 

on the job according to the formulas in table 2 for mixing 

white-lead paint. These paints have the advantage of easy 

brushing properties and can be spread over large areas, 600 

to 700 fF/ gal. Three coats are u ually required on new 

wood. The cost of labor and the length o:f time required to 

complete the job has resulted in the introduction of the twol:oat y tem. The e paints may contain heat-treated oil;:; 

(or varni h) in the vehicle, like that covered by amendment 1 of TT-P-40 and the formulas in table 3 for whitelead pai.nt mixed on the job. A typical primer for a two~ 

<"Oat pmnt system is exemplified in Federal pecification

TT-P-25. 

The fir, t co~t shou~cl always he carefully brushed and 

cro bru hed, 1f p1:acticable, o:~er all parts of surfaces so 

that cracks and nail holes receffe enough paint to wet tlw 
Paint Manual 

surfaces. The older, unbodied, linseed-oil first coat should 

be brushed out to cover about 600 :ft2/gal, the newer 

type priming paints like those in Federal Specification 

TT-P-25, amendment 1, June 5, 1943, and the white-lead 

mixed-on-the-job paints used on a two-coat job should be 

applied at about 450 ft2/ gal. In good weather :for painting, all coats should be allowed to dry for 3 days. 

Nail holes and cracks should be properly filled with 

putty (Fed. Spec. TT-P-791a, amendment 1 July 20 

10-!3) as soon as the priming coat is dry. After about a 

week of clear, warm weather, the putty should be hard 

enough to receive the second coat. 

Window sills and outside doors are sometimes varnished. For this work no wood filler is necessary (if the 

wood is close-grained), but several coats of spar varnish 

TT-V-121b should be applied. Wbile the finish on exterior woodwork properly painted with two or three coats 

of high-grade oil paint approximately the color of the 

wood should last at least 4 years before repainting, similar 

exposed woodwork finished with good quality spar varnish will probably need to be revarnished annually. 

(2) Refinv. hing.-Unlike application of paint, which is 

limited to good weather conditions, the preparation of the 

surface can proceed under any weather conditions where :it 

is feasible for men to work. The success of a repainting job 

depends on how well any scaling paint as well as in ecurely 

attached paint is removed from the wood. It i imperative 

that all insecurely attached paint be thoroughly removed 

from the surface. otherwise. no matter what paint i u ed, 

failure is apt to occur over any loose paint on any improperly 

prepared surface. 

(a) Loo, E PAI:--.""T.-All loo e paint should be remo-ved 

by wire bru h.ing or scraping. ....\. combination of the e two 

methods, depending upon the condition of the paint and the 

nature of the surface, has been found to be practical and 

effective. Following wire brushing and scraping the surface should be sanded with Xo. 1% or ~o. 2 garnet paper to 

:further insure the removal of loosely adhering paint and 

~o better prepare the surface :for a sm?other ~ish ~paint 

Job. It is recommended that all old pamt that 1s peeling or 

flaking be removed, preferably b~ burning it off with a torch 

or by the u e of paint and ,armsh remover. 

66045 ~ 46-----6 
76 Building Material.r, and Structures Reports 

(b) KNoT..,.-All pitch should be scraped or burned from 

knots. In general, no further preparation, such as spot 

painting of lnots with shellac varnish or aluminum pamt, 

is necessary, although customary practices may be followed. 

(c) AnoITIONAL 1"1EA URE FOR SMOOTHING SURFACES.­

Decayed or split boards that cannot be suitably prepared for 

repainting should be removed and replaced. All loose boards 

should be securely fastened, using large-headed nails, preferably galvanized. Protruding nails should be removed or 

driven into the wood. Open nail holes, and countersunk 

nails, should be filled with putty. Gaps between ends of 

siding and corner boards, or window and door casin~s 

should be filled with calking compound (Fed. Spec. TT-t,;­

598). Surfaces soiled with foreign matter, such as roofing 

pitch and tar, should be scraped free from this :foreigt!­

matter and the surface thoroughly washed with mineral 

spirits. 

(d) MILDEW.-To combat mildew it is extremely important that mildew-infected surfaces be thoroughly scrubbed 

with water containing some trisodium phosphate (phosphate 

cleaner, Fed. Spec. O-T-67la). It is a white powder that 

can be purchased in small lots as "Technical Trisodium 

Pho phate, ' or in grocery stores under brand names. The 

infected surfaces should be scrubbed with a solution of about 

three tablespoons of trisodium phosphate dissolved in a gallon of water, u ing floor scrubbing brushes. The surface 

should then be rinsed with clean water and allowed to dry 

before applying the paint. 

The most efficient method of combatting badly mildewed 

areas is to wa h the areas with a solution of 1 part of bichloride of mercury dissolved in 300 parts of water. However,. th.i~ is a dangerous po~son, and consequently the u e 

of tr1sod1um pho phate solut10n is recommended. 

1Vh_en mi~dew i particu~arly severe. the priming and 

fiill~mo- pam~ shou~d. contam a fungicide. The bid should 

pecify that, m addition to meeting the Federal Specification, _the paint should contain 1 part by weight of mercuric 

c~Jonde to every 600 parts by weight of paint. The bichloride should be properly ground and evenly dispersed in the 

paint liquid. The content of mercuri chloride should be ·tat~d on the paint container label with the necessary precautions for. use. qommercial brands of fungicides other 

than mercunc chlon<l.e hnve al o been developefl especially 
Paint .Jlanual 77 

for use in paint. They are available in paste form so as to 

be dispersed easily in the paint by the user at the time of 

application. 

(e) ArPLICATION OF PAINT.-After the surface is prepared for repainting, all bare spots should be pot-primed 

with TT-P-25 exterior primer, followed by TT-P-40 finLh 

coat ( or any other color desired) . I£ all the old paint has 

been removed, the entire surface should receive a coat of 

TT-P-25 exterior primer. 

(3) Staining of Shingles and Wood.-Shingie stains 

are thin, fluid paints in which the shingles are dipped before 

being laid. Suitable stains properly applied to shingles or 

rough siding give a durable finish on exterior woodwork. 

With the exception 0£ some dark-brown stains, which are 

refined coal tar or creosote and volatile thinner, shingle 

stains are usually made from very finely ground pigments, 

drying oils, and volatile thinners. Many commercial shingle 

stains contain some creosote oil. However :for po itive preservation of wood, creosote must be forced into the wood by 

a hot-pressure treatment. As oil paint applied ornr creosote 

is likely to be ruined by the creosote bleedin o- through ( see 

glossary), pigment-oil shingle stains without creosote are 

preferable i:f repainting is contemplated. A good lifJuid for 

making shingle stains from suitable pigment -in-oil, such 

as TT-P-381, is a mixture of 3 parts of mixing oil 

(TT-0-356a, class 2) and 1 part of either raw or boiled lin­ seed oiL Federal Specification numbers for the colors-in-oil 

are given in table 10 and color designations in table 11. 

The following is a list o:f the most widely u ed colors. 

Some of these colors may not be obtainable until after the 

war emergency: 

Brown : 

Green: 

:\fetallic brown. 

ienna, burnt. 

Umber, burnt. 

Chromium oxide. 

Red: 

Yellow: 

Indian. 

Mineral red. 

Yellow iron oxide. 

Other stains are made by dissolving organic colors in oil 

solvents or other liquids including water. Probably readymade stains are used oftener than those mixed on the job. 

The manufacturer's direction for application should be 

followed. ome of these stains will bleed into paint applied 

over them. Usually it is difficult to lighten the color of pre­

,,iously stained wood; it can readily be darkened. Exterior 
78 Building 1.l!ateriabJ and tructure.-s Report.· 

and interior wood stains are covered in .Federal t:>pecifications TT-S-706 and TT-S-711. 

(4) Porch Floors.-Wood porch floors should be as carefully prepared for painting as other exterior surfaces. A 

priming coat of paint mixed on the job can be made accordin<r to the formulas in tables 1 or 2. The paint should be 

w~ll brushed out, not fl.owed on in a thick film. If read~­

n.ixed paint is used, it should comply with Federal ~pec1­

fication TT-P-1-16. Each gallon of paint should be chlute~ 

"·ith 1 qt of thinner containing 2 parts of boiled linseed 011 

and 1 part of turpentine for the priming coat. After t11e 

first coat is dry, joints, cracks and other defects should _be 

filled with putty firmly pressed in and smoothed over with a putty knife. W11en the putty is dry, the surface should 

be lightly sandpapered. 

The second coat may be mixed according to the fornmlas in tables 1 or 2, tinted to a shade of gray darker than 

the first coat but lighter than the finish coat. If readymixed paint (Fed. 8pec. TT-P-H6) is used, 1 pt of the 

mixture used to thin the priming coat hould be added to 

each gallon of the paint. .A third cont (if desired) cnn 

be made by adding l 1)t of high-grade spar varnish to each 

gallon of a desired gray finish-coat prepared according to 

the finish-coat :formu]a in tables 1 or 2. Ready-mixed paint 

(Fed. Spec. TT-P-146) can also be u ed for the third coat; 

if too thick to be spread ea ily, the paint can be thinned 

slightly with turpentine or minern.l spirits. 

(b) INTERIOR SURFACES 

The same directions :for preparing the surfaces <Jf new 

exterior wood for painting apply to interior woodwork. In 

addition to having the surface clean and dry it is advisable 

to roughen very smooth wood slightly with fine sandpaper. 

(1) New lVork.-Durable and attractirn finishes on interior woodwork and wood furniture are obtained from 

Yarnish and analogous material·. Linseed-oil paints u eel 

on exterior wood may not be nitable for interior work be­ cause of low drying and tendency to turn yellow. 

There are some hardwoods with strongly colored heartwood that tend to become lighter in color in strong light, 

but mot of our important native woods darken in sunlio-ht, 

e,en under a O'Ood coating of white pa.int, and remain relatively unchanged in darlniess. Wood when kept drv ,nll 

last for centuries indoors. ~ 
Paint l1Ianual 79 

Varnishes applied to interior surfaces al o darken with 

age. Consequently, wood coated with interior yarnish an<l 

kept indoors may darken if not exposed to direct sunlight, 

but otherwise remain in good condition for many year . On 

the contrary, wood kept indoors and exposed to direct sun­

~ight may result in the failure of the varnish by cracking 

m a few years. 

"Wood stains are widely used to either change or modify 

the color of interior wood without obscuring the natural 

grain. Wood stains can be purchased under Federal pecitication TT-S-711 or may be made in two way. By the 

first method, colors-in-oil (Fed. Spec. TT-P-381) can be 

mixed with flatting oil (Fed. Spec. TT-0-356a, class 1). 

Dy the second method, wood stains can be made by mixing 1/2 pt of color-in-oil with 1 gal of thinning liquid. This 

liquid is composed of 1 part raw linseed oil, 1 part turpentine, and 1h part drier (Fed. Spec. TT-D-651a). Light oak 

is usually obtained from raw sienna. Dark-oak color can be 

obtained by mixing a small quantity of burnt umber with 

the light-oak mixture. Mahogany and cherry color can be 

obtained by using burnt sienna. 

The usual system of staining and varnishing interior wood 

trim is to apply the coats in the following order: 

1. Stain coat ( Fed. Spec. TT-S-711). 

2. Filler coat for open-grain woods only (Fed. Spec. TTF-336a). 

3. Sealer coat, bleached shellac varnish (Fed. Spec. TT-Y-91a). This coat is needed only if the stain contain. aniline dye, for example, mahogany stain. 

4. First coat, varnish (Fed. Spec. TT-"\ -71a) thinned 

T;ith 1/z pt of turpentine per gallo1;1. The dried surface 

should be sanded lightly when dry with No. 4/0 sandpaper. 

5. econd-coat, varnish (Fed. Spec. TT-V-71a) applied 

without thinning. Should be sanded same as first coat. 

6. Third coat, varnish (Fed. Spec. TT-Y-71a). 'Where 

a dull rubbed finish is wanted, let the la t coat of varnish 

dry hard for 72 hours; then rnb with powdered pumice and 

water to a uniform dull :fini h. 

The bet results will be obtained i:f varnish is used according to the following instructions: 

1. mooth, thin coats should be applied, preferably at a 

temperature between 70° and 80° F~ and in a well-venti]ated 

room. 
80 Building },Jaterials and Structures Reports 

2. Yarnish should be brushed on with the grain 0£ the 

wood, crossbrushed, then brushed again with the grain of 

the wood. 

3. The minimum number 0£ coats necessary to attain the 

desired finish should be applied. 

4. Ample time should be allowed :for the coats to dry. 

5. Freshly varnished work should be kept clean and dust 

free. 

6. Each coat should be rubbed lightly with fine (No. 4/ 0) 

sandpaper to a dull fini h before the next coat is applied. 

7. Brushes and varnish cans should be kept :free from 


dust . 


....\ durable and attractive finish on interior furniture (particularly on a mahogany table top) is an oil-rubbed finish. 

The unfinished wood should be frequently rubbed with 

boiled linseed oil thinned with turpentine or mineral spirits, 

the exce s oi.l being wiped off. Raw linseed oil alone is also 

used. This process i~ repeated four or five times, after 

which the oil need only be applied at occasional intervals. 

After the pores of the wood ha,e been filled with linseed 

oil by the first series of applications, any animal or vegetable 

oil or fat may be used. The more the finish is rubbed, the 

better it will be. Aft.er long years 0£ use, a beautiful patina 

is developed. Hot dishes placed on a table top do not turn 

this finish white. Because the process of oil polishing is 

tedious and slow, it is not used much today. Modern production schedules in finshing wood furniture at the factory 

call for either nitrocellulose lacquers or low-bake (140° F), 

thermosetting, synthetic-resin finishes. 

P~\Th-,,rnG .A~ E~Al\IELIXG.-In painting interior woodwork for flat finish, the first coat may be primer and sealer 

covered by Federal Specification TT_:P-56, followed by one 

or two coats of TT-P-51a eggshell flat paint. The TT-P-56 

primer does not dry hard enough to sand, and thus should 

not be considered as an "enamel unclercoater." This material can be made by adding 1/2 gal of TT-P-56 primer to a 

gallon of TT-P-51a paint. This could be used directly on 

the wood, omitting the TT-P-56 primer, or as an enamel 

undercoat over the TT-P-56 primer. 

A semigloss finish _on interior wood may be produced by 

using- two coats of pamt compo ed of equal parts bv volume 

of TT-P-51a paint and TT-F_;-506a enamel. The first coat 

should he thinned with 1 pt of turpentine to 1 gal of paint. •\. :fn11-~loss finfah on interior wood can be obtained by 
Paint Manual 81 

tp.e application of two coats of TT-E-506a enamel. The 

first coat should be thinned with 1 pt of turpentine to each 

gallon of enamel. For better hiding power as an alternate 

gloss finish, two coats of enamel undercoater may be used 

(equal volumes of TT-P-51a and TT-E-506a), followed by 

a smgle coat of TT-E-506a enamel. 

(2) Reftnishing.-Surfaces that have previously been 

fimshed should be properly prepared :for refinishing. Glo s 

can be removed by sanding the surface ]jp:htly with No. 0 

sandpaper. Holes or cracks should be filled with plastic 

wood (see glossary) that has been stained to match the surface, sanded, and spot-varnished. After this preliminary 

treatment, the woodwork is ready for the finish coat of 

varnish. 

Cherry and mahogany stained wood may contain aniline 

<lyes that "bleed" through paint or enamel. If paint or 

enamel is to be applied to such surfaces the woodwork 

should first be sealed with a thin coat of shellac varnish or 

witl1 a freshly mixed aluminum paint in the proportions of 

2 lb of aluminum powder to 1 gal of Interior Yarnish, Federal Specification TT-Y-71a ( ee al o formula in table 9). 

If the surface 1s to be refini l1ecl by painting, a coating 

intended for interior use should be applied. A suitable 

primer for interior wood is Plaster Primer and Sealer 

TT-P-56. This can be follo"\r'ed by Eggshell, Flat-finish, 

Ready-mixed Paint, TT-P-51a, the finish coat most :freguently applied to interior surfaces. If a very high gloss 

rn desired, Gloss Enamel TT-E-506a can be used. To obtain finishes with intermediate degrees of gloss, the two 

paints can be mixed in various proportions. A mixture of 

equal parts of these two paints, TT-P-51a and TT-E-506a, 

may be used as a finish coat for bathroom and kitchen. 

2. MASONRY, CONCRETE, AND PLASTER 

(a) EXTERIOR SURF.ACES 

(1) Oil Paints.-Exterior surface th~t are to be c.oated 

with oil paints require c.arefu~ prep~rat10_n. As. m01 tu_re 

back of the paint film will ser10u..ly nnpa1r the life of 011­

or varnish-base paints, when applied to concrete, stucco or 

masonry, walls made of thee materials ~hould be th?roughly dry before bein()' painted. The d:ryrncr may reqmre 

from 3 to 12 months and will depend upon weather conditions and upon the thicknes!=l and porosjty of the wall~. It 
82 Building 1Jlaterials and Structu,·es Reports 

is equally important w prevent _water from entering the 

wall after painting. . To seal open-textured walls, cinder block for example, it 

is advantageous to apply a cement-sand grout as the base 

coat. The grout can be used on new masonry that has ~ot 

been coated previously with a sealing type of paint ~>r with 

an organic "\Yaterproofing compound. The grout 1s composed of approximately equal parts by volume of portland 

cement, fine sand passing a Ko. 1 sie""e, and water. 

Before the grout coatino- is applied to the walls, water 

should be forced into themby means of a <rarden hose. Tl~ey 

should then be allowed to drain until no free ,Yater remams 

on the surface. The grout coating should be scrubbed in 

with a stiff-fiber brush, thereby forcing the grout into the 

openings and producing a surface of uniform porosity. It 

is advisable to avoid hot, sunny days in applying the grout 

coating. 

To insure proper hydration of the portland cement used 

in grout, damp-curing is necessary. The grout should be 

wet with the fine spray of a garden hose. This operatio!l 

can be started after the grout has set sufficiently that it 

will not be damaged by the spray (usually about 6 l~ours). 

and should be repeated about twice a <lay over a period of 

48 hours, depending upon weather conditions. · Faulty mortar joints and map cracks in stucco or concrete may be filled with grout. Large cracks in masonry 

walls should be cut V-sliape and filled with mortar composed of 2 or 3 parts of sand with 1 part of portland cement, 

and enough water to give a putty-like consistency. After 

the mortar has set it should be damp-cured by the same 

method suggested for the grout. .A minimum of 90 days 

of g?od drying weather should elapse before oil paint is 

applied over the grout- or mortar-filled joints and cracks. 

Adequate preparation and cleanincr of the urface to be 

pain!ed imp:ove the durability and :'ppearance of the paint 

coatmg. Dirt and dust can be removed with brushes of 

stiff fiber or ~re. Efflorescence_ can be removed by wet_ti1~g 

the surface with water, applynw a solution of muriatic 

acid ~t least 20 percent in stremrth and. after 5 minutes, 

.·cour111cr off tlie salt deposits witl~ a stiff brush. After each 

acid treati:nent the urface must be promptly and thoroughly 

wa hed with an abundance of water. Truces of oil can be 

removed with steel brushes, abra ive stones or a ]ye solution. However, if the surface is generally containina.ted 
Paint 1.11anual 83 

with <?il, it is more effective to lightly sandblast the area to 

be parnted or to postpone painting until all oil has been 

removed by action of the weather. 

Because paint . d~es not adhere well to very smooth or 

glazed surfaces, 1t 1s suggested that, preparatory to painttlng, the1 be either acid-washed, lightly sandbla ted, or 

1:ubbed with coarse-grit abrasive stones. This treatment is 

frequently necessary for concrete cast against plywood, 

Presdwood, or steel forms. Brick that is hard-burned or 

glazed should also be roughened with abrasive. 

Old coatings of organic waterproofing compound or 

cement-water paint still in good condition may be left intact. 

However, whitewash and peeling, scaling, or flaking paint 

should be completely removed. 

Oil gloss paints, which are suitable for u e on exterior 

wood or metal, may also be used on properly treated clean, 

dry masonry. Paints meeting Federal Specification TT-P40 are suggested for white and light tints, such as gray.• 

creams,. light buffs, and ivory; TT-P-31a is recommended 

for dark reds and browns. For a dull-finish paint in white 

and light tints TT-P-2-! should be used. A priming pa111t 

can be made by thinning each gallon of the ready-mixed 

finish coat paint with 1 qt of spar varnish for average surfaces and 2 qt for rough porous surfaces an~ if necessary, lf2 pt of mineral spirits or turpentine. The tmish coat can 

be applied without thinning. 

Oil paints should not be applied during damp or humid 

weather or when the temperature is below 50° F ......U lea t 

1 week of clear, dry weather should precede the application 

of the first coat. As masonry surfaces tend to chill and to 

collect condensed moisture, painting early in the mornin(Y 

and late afternoon should be avoided except in dry climate . (2) Water Paints.-Exterior masonry can be succe fully 

coated with water paints if the surface is properly preparerl 

and directions for applying the paint ar.e carefully followed. 

_Cement-water paint sho~ld bond w1t~1 the surface a~1Cl 

with superimposed succeeding co~ts of e1t~e~· type of pamt 

to form a cementitious finish of lugh durability. The durability of the coating is influenced more _by the paint ~urface, 

the method of application and the curm<r of th~ pamt film 

than by the composition of the cement:w~ter pa_mt powder. 

For additional information on pamtmg with cementwater paint the reader is referred to section III, 6, (b) of 

this manual. 
8! Building Materials and Structures Reports 

(b) INTERIOR SURFACES 

Interior surfaces of masonry concrete and pla~te~ should 

be prepared for painting in the su1 12 way as ~1m1l~r new 

exterior surfaces. Finish coats muy be either 011 parnts or 

water paints. 

(1) Flat Finish. 

OIL-TYPE P .llrT.-In paintin()' new walls of plaster or 

concrete, the first coat should be primer and sealer. (J:ecl. 

pee. TT-P-56). This should be applied without tlnnnJ.?g· 


The second coat should be TT-P-51a eggshell flat pamt 


applied without thinning. In place of this sy tern, the wall 


may be painted with 2 coats of TT-P-47 paint. For ~e­


painting, the surface should be primed and sealed with 


TT-P-56 primer, followed by a coat of TT-P-5la eggshell 


flat. As an alternate, the surface may be painted with a 


ingle coat of TT-P-47 paint. 

W.\TER-THI:N'l'l."ED r ~UNT.-The plaster or concrete should be 

free from grease, wax, dirt, or calcimine. Cracks and hole 

should be filled with patching plaster. These areas should 

be spot-primed with the water paint. On old painted wa~ls 

that are glossy the surface should be washed with water m 

which is dissolved some trisodium phosphate (about 2 oz 

per gallon) before applying water paint. On porous surfaces particularly when the porosity varies, a special primer 

may be necessary before applying casein paint Federal pecification TT-P-23a. Resin-oil emulsion paint, TT-P-88a, 

can o-enerally be applied directly to the plaster or wallboard. 

One gallon of paste is thinned with 4 pints of water. One 

or two coats of this paint is sufficient. 

(2) emiglo88 Fini.'lh.-For both new and repainted 

work the first coat should be Federal Specification TT-P-56 

primer and sealer. If suction spots appear after this paint 

is dry, they should be spot-primed with the primer. The . econd coat should be semi~lo s wall paint. This may be 

prepared by mixing 1 gallon of either TT-P-51a flat or 

TT-P-47 flat and 1 gallon of TT-E-506a enamel. 

(3) Pull-Glo. s Finish.-First coat should be TT-P-56 

primer and ea.ler, allowed to drv 2-1: hours. Second coat 

hould be enamel 1tndercoater ( equal parts by volume of 

either TT-P-51a flat or TT-P-47 flat and TT-E-506:1. 

o-lo s , allowed to dry 24 hours. Third coat should be 

TT-E-506a enamel. 

For a di. ens ion of paint failures on plaster the reader 

is referred to __... TB, L tt"'r Circnlur LC:10--t-. P11inting Pla.ter. 
Paint Manual 85 

(c) CEMENT FLOORS 

(1) General Suggestions for Preparing Concrete Floor,.;. -The surface of interior and exterior concrete floors to be 

painted should be clean, dry, and in a suitable condition to .receive the paint. It is suggested that concrete basement 

floors age for 1 year prior to painting. The coatiner should 

be applied when the humidity is very low. For sati factory 

results, the application of two coats is recommended. The 

type of floor coating to be used should be determined by 

prevailing conditions and by the limitations of the various 

floor paints. 

(2) Floor Paints and Enamel .-One of the mot popular finishes for cement floors is a paint or enamel that dries 

to a solid, opaque film. This type of film is produced by u ing· as a paint ba e, natural re ins, synthetic re ins, for 

example phenol formaldehyde and coumarone-indene, and 

chlorinated and crepe rubber. Tung oil i u ed widely with 

these materials to give water- and alkali-resistance and flexibility. 

(3) Varnish-Type Paints.-Where a concrete floor is laid 

above grade and not on the ground, and where moisture is 

not encountered, the varnish type of floor enamel should 

give good service. A satisfactory varni h-ba e paint for 

concrete and wood floors is Federal Specification paint TTP-146. If this material is u ed, a priming paint can be 

made by thinning 4 parts of the paint ,,ith 1 part of a mixture consi ting of 2 parts of spar varni hand 1 part of turpentine. The fini h coat can be applied without thinning. 

(4) Rubber-Ba ·e Paints.-1Vhere a concrete floor is laid 

below p:rade directly on the ground, as in most ba ements 

nnd where dampness due to conden ation is prevalent rubber resin-ha e paint, Federal pecification TT-P-DL is suggested. This type of paint is not a ' cure-all." but i alkali 

re. i tant and does not soften when the floors become damp. 

urfaces to be coated with rubber-ha e paint require special preparation in that cement floor are frequently troweled 

hard and mooth. Becau e this type of paint does not 

adhere well to smooth surface . the floor should be roughened 

by etching with a solution contaning from 1 pt to 1 qt of 

muriatic acid to each gallon of water. For additional details the reader is referred to section III. 4 (x) in thi 

manual. 

When the floor is clean and drv at lea. t two coat. of 

rubber-ha e paint should be applled. For the first coat 
;6 Building M aterial:s and Structures Repo'i't:s 

each gallon should be thinned with either 1 qt of mineral 

pirits or the thinner recommended by the manufacturer and 

should be spread at the rate of 300 ft2/ gal. The second coat 

hould be applied directly at the rate of 600 ft2/gal. It 

hould not be u ed over other types of floor paint. 

(5) illaintenance.-A thin fih11 of wax protects any o:f 

the finishes described. The "·ax can be renewed at :frequent 

interrnls where the floor is particularly worn. A liquid 

floor wax of the organic solvent type is generally more serviceable than a water-emul ion ·wax. For a detailed explanation of the use and preparation of waxes, see NBS Letter 

Circular LC76-!, Care of Floors. The reader is also referred 

to KB Letter Circular LC75 , Finishes for Concrete Floors. 

(6) Refinishing.-The method of preparing floors for refini hing depends upon the condition of the surface. If the 

})aint has been waxed and is in good condition, except for 

worn areas, the wax should be removed by applying turl)entine or petroleum spirits and scouring with steel wool 

while still wet. Paint applied over wax does not dry satisfactorily. Paint that is peeling- can be removed in several 

way . One method i to soak the surface for about 30 minutes with a solution of 2 lb of cau tic soda (household lye) 

di olved in 1 gal of hot ·water. Another method i to co,er 

the floor with a thin la·ver of saw-du t that has been soaked 

in the lye solution, all~owing it to remain overnight. In 

either ca e, the old paint can then be removed with a wide 

teel craper and the surface rin ed thoroug-hly with clean 

water. CAUTION: The operator should be protected by 

rubber gloves and goggles. H the solution is spllled on the 

kin, the spot immediately shoulcl be flushed with water and 

bru hetl over with vinegar to prevent severe burning. 

3. FERROU METAL: STRUCTURAL IRON AND STEEL 

~onmetallic structural materials are painted primarily 

for decoration. However, the chief purpo e of painting 

structural iron and steel is for protection, the decorative 

value being econdary. In painting structural steel such as 

bridges, water towers, and any other similar type of structure that must stand -for many years expo ed to the weather, 

the price of the pa.int alone is not an accurate "yardstick~' 

with which to mea ure the co t of maintenance painting. As 

the co t of the paint eldom repre ents more than 25 percent 

of the total co t of painting such structures, it is good prac­
Paint Lllanual 7 

ice to apply a durable paint and a sufficient number of coats 

to insure long service. New work should have two priming 

coats and two covercoats, or topcoats. Although the initial 

price of the paint may be relatively high, the price per gallon should not be the yardstick by which the cost of a painting job is judged. It co ts at least as much to apply a paint 

of poor or fair quality as it does one of the highest quality. 

Thus, o-ver a period of years the most durable paint is the 

cheapest, the real yardstick being the cost per square foot of 

paint applied per year of serrice. 

To illustrate: A water tower with an urea of 6,000 ft2 

is to be repainted with one coat of paint requiring 10 gal 

of paint; paint A costs $3.00 per gallon and paint B, $2.50 

per gallon; the labor cost is three times the co t of the paint. 

Paint A giT"es 5 years of service and paint B, 3 year . Then 

~he cost per square foot per year of ser-vice for each paint 

1s nR follows: 

Pnint _l I'aint R 

, 30.00 for paint .' 2!i00 for paint 

90.00 for labor 7?1.00 for labor 

$120.00 -~100.00 

6000) 120.00 ( .20 GOOO) 100.00 (.16G+ 

5).20(.04 3) .] 66+ ( .0:>5+ 

In the above example, A and B paints were a ume<l to 

ha-ve the same spreading rate (600 ft2I gal) . Frequently 

paint that costs le s per gallon does not pread as far a 

hi~her-pricecl paint. 

The inference to be drawn from thi example i not that 

the highe t-priced paint is nece sar~ly the most ~urable, but 

that o-ver a period of years, the mo t durable pamt figured 

on a cost per square foot basis i the be t choice, regardle 

of the price per gallon of the paint. 

(a) CLEANING 

Proper cleanin<Y of steel surfaces i the initial and one of 

th~ most import;nt operations to be ~arried . out .Prior to 

pamtin<Y. Becau e the life of any parnt coatuw 1 o <lepenc~entupon surface preparation, th~ ub~ect h~s receiYe<l 

considerable attention bv technolog1 t m tlu country 

(...\.merican In titute of feel Con truction) and jn England 

(Iron and Rteel Institute). To a~tt1in a good bond, ~he 

paint mn t mnke intimate contnct with the snrfnce to wlu h 
8 Building 1.llaterial8 and Structures Reports 

it is applied. .Any :fore_ign substanc~ present _on the s~eel 

( uch as dirt, grease, oily scum, moisture, aci<ls, alkah_es, 

ru t, or loose scale), even though the substance may be mvi ible, separates ~he paint :from the steel: . There are a variety of methods of cleanmg and preparmg 

steel for painting, including mechanical cleaning proces_ es 

(. and hot, or grit blasting, scraping, wire-brushing, c~npping and simple hand wiping); flame cleaning; and variOl~S 

chemical cleaning processes (hot alkaline solutions, orgamc 

olvents, including solvent vapor degreasing, alcoholic :ph_osphoric acid cleaners, hot acid phosphate cleaners contammg 

detergent , and emulsion cleaners). 

For example, oily sub tances can be removed by u iug 

organic solvents (by dipping, wiping, but preferably by 

solvent -vapor degreasing). hot alkaline solutions followed 

hy thorough rinsing, or self-emulsifying cleaners. 

FLA.:lIE-CLEANING.-A relatively new process for the preparation of steel surfaces for painting is "flame-cleaning." 

Thi con ists of a special torch through which an oxyacetylene flame is applied to the steel surface. This process remows loo ely adherent scale and rust. In addition, the 

proce. s drives moisture :from the surface ("dehydrates' it). 

Thu , if the paint is applied while the teel is still \\'arm, a 

good bond between the priming coat and the steel should re. ult. 

The most widely u ed but least-efficient method is hand 

cleaning with a scraper, hand-or power-driven wire brushes. 

nnd chipping hammers. This method is used to remove rust 

nncl loo e scale. 

Loo. e ru t and scale can be removed by partial sandblasting, but clo ely adhering millscale will remain. If the 

remaining mill ca.le is tightly bonded to the steel and if the 

, nrface is properly painted, good service may be expected. 

All ru t scale, and other coatings can ·be removed by 

pickling. or by complete andbla ting with fine, sharp sand 

to leaYe a uniform surface re embling- fro ted silver. ,vith 

t~1e former method, the article is pickled in a 5-percent solut1~n of ~1ot (160° to 1 0° F) sulfuric acid, rinsed with water, 

clipped ma 5-percent olution of phosphoric acid, and rinsed 

a"ain with water. ~ andblasting and picklin<T are the be. t 

me.thod of preparing- teel for painting'. If tlie steel is not 

pamted oon after the e operation , it is advi able to flame­

~lean t~1e urface immediately before the first coat of pnint 1:-; applied. · 
Paint illanual 

(b) ~UST-INIDBITIVE WASHES 

Rust-inhibitive washes are solutions which, when correctly formulated, etch the metal and form a dull gray coating of uniformly fine texture, thus producing a ru t-inhibitive surface receptive to the priming paint. The application of these washes to iron and steel articles prior to painting is practiced extensively in factories. However, its use 

on steel work after erection of the structure has increa ed 

recently. There are several such processes, the use of which 

are, for the most part, patented. 

Tests on clean, sandblasted steel have been made by the 

U. S. Engineer Office, Rock Island, Ill., to determine the 

relative value of various inhibitive wash-coat preparations 

for steel. The results indicate that correctly formulated 

wash-coat inhibitors, when properly used, have some value 

with all types of paint coatings used on steel. They are 

particularly effective with coatings of the varnish type containing zinc chromate and iron oxide. The tests made at 

Rock Island indicate that the most satisfactory acid concentration is approximately 8 percent (see formula for inhibitive wash). The washes should be applied to clean, 

scale-free steel, following the manufacturer's directions. 

Tests at the National Bureau of Standards indicate that 

the rust-inhibitive treatment should be allowed to react w:ith 

the steel and become dry. It should then be thoroughly 

washed with water to remove excess inhibitor and allowed 

to dry before applying paint. Further information on the 

use of anticorrosive treatments for steel is gfren in RM• 

.Methods of Investigation of urface Treatment for Corrosion Protection of Steel, B.~IS-14, urface Treatment of 

Steel Prior to Painting and HU 102, Painting teel. 

A satisfactory inhibitive wa h originated by the U. S. 

Engineer Office has the following composition: 

Weight 

Percent 

Orthophosphoric acid (commercia1ly pure, HaPO,) ..... . 7.00 

Sodium dichromate (:Na2Cr207.2H20) ................. . 0.7'.) 


Cara1nel . olution .................................... . .r;o 


\Vetting agent (surh a~ " 'eUo~olve" (ethylene o-Jycol 

monoethyl ether) (C2H50 H2CH20H) •••...... .... .fiO 

Water •••.••••..•...............•..••.•.............. !lt.:!:i 


100.00 

ome of the patented wa hes contain small amount of 

heavy metal , such as zinc, mangane e, and copper. 
90 Building Materials and Structures Reports 

The following description illustrates the use of the wash 

on structural steel in the field [12] : 

"-02. General Painting Provision.-(a) S·urface Cleaning and 

Preparation. 

"(1) Unpainted Ferrous Siirfaces of parts to be fabricated or 
 erected at the site where the structure is completed shall be shipped 


from shops or places of manufacture without paint. After erection 
 or complete permanent instal1ation in place, they shall be entirely 


cleaned of all millscale and other foreign substances to base metal, 


by sandblasting. As soon after cleaning as practicable and prior to 


formation of any form of corrosion from atmospheric moisture or 
 other causes, all metal surfaces to be painted shall be thoroughly 


treated with the chemical rust-inhibitor, applied by brush and p~r­


mitted to dry. This chemical inhibitor, however, hall be applted 


only under conditions such that the temperature of the surfaces to 


which applied and the air in contact therewith, are between 50° F 


and 110° F. in order to in ure proper chemical reaction with the 


metal. After drying, any unneutralized reactive residue (character­


ized by a sticky, black, or dark-green appearance) on the surfaces . ·hall be removed by thorough wiping with wet cloths and the sur­ face redried. The inhibited surfaces shall then be given a priming 

<:oat of paint, as soon thereafter as practicable, but in any event 

prior to deterioration or destruction of the inhibited surface. ~hould 

the inhibited surface be damaged or destroyed at any point by any means what oever, the surfaces hall be cleaned and reinhibited in an approved manner prior to application of the paint. 

"(2) Alteniate pre-erection cleaning and inhibiting.-Upon specific 

written request by the contractor, the contracting officer may au­ thorize alternate mill or shop pickling, or sandblasting and inhibiting, 

prior to fabrication or erection, in lieu of the field sandblastin~ and 

inhibiting after erection as pecified in subparagraph (1) above. 

Where thi i desired, however, the contractor shall provide at his 

expen e an original additional coat of zinc chromate-aluminum 

primer-metal which ball be applied immediately following the appli­

(·ation and drying of the chemical rust-inhibitor, in order to protect 

the urfaces a ....ainst corrosion during the period of fabrication and 

erection or until the specified painting i begun, provided that this 

period hall not exceed 9 months for one coat. This pre-erection or con ·truction period coating hall be maintained in good condition by 

t·e-inhibiting and repainting any areas damaged during the con­ struction period, and after 9 months of ervice the coating hall be 

completely rnnewed. Prior to the application of the pecifie<l permanent field paint , the surfaces of the construction coating shall he 

thoroughly cleaned with mineral ·pirit and all welds or other un­ painted areas shall be properly cleune<l ancl inhibited." 

(c:) PRU.UNG PAINTS 

Both inhibitive washe and paints are usually applied to 

tructur I ·teel by bru hincr, but they may also be applied 

uy praying. The paint , u eel for spraying are mostly 0£ 

the oil type, which require con iderable time for dryinO'. ..A 

widely u ed priming paint for structural steel exposed to 
Paint 11!anual 91 

the weather is red lead meeting either the basic specification 

TT-P-86, or amendment 1 to that specification. Red lead 

can also be used for other intermediate coats, preferably by 

darkening each coat with the addition of small amounts of 

lampblack-in-oil, but it is unsuited for the final coat. Bluelead paint (Fed. Spec. TT-P-20) is also used widely for 

priming and body coats. Iron oxide paint can be used for 

all coats. A.n aluminum paint may be used :for the finish 

coat (but not the priming coat) on highway steel bridges 

subjected to rural exposure; black paint (Fed pee. TT-P61::t) may also be used for the finish coat. For indu trial 

exposures, flake graphite paint (Fed. Spec. TT-P-27) or 

iron-oxide paint (Fed. Spec. TT-P-31a) are durable topcoats. A durable system of painting steel bridges con i ts 

of two coats of a rust-inhibitive priming paint (for example, 

red-lead, TT-P-86, or blue-lead paint, TT-P-20), followed 

by two coats of a topcoat, or finish-coat, paint (for example, 

carbon black paint, TT-P-61a; flake graphite paint, TTP-27; iron oxide paint, TT-P-31a; aluminum paint, etc.) 

The National Bureau of Standards has prepared Letter 

Circular LG:122, The Painting o:f Structural Metal, which 

contains additional informat~on on this subject. 

4. NONFERROUS METAL 

(a) METALLIC ZINC COATINGS 

The best coatings to protect iron and steel in uncontaminated atmo pheres are galvanized, sherardizecl, and electroplated zinc.. It hns been estimated that a galvanized 

coatjng of 2 oz/ ft2 will last approximately 150 years in 

certain dry tropical locations, 25 years in rural England 

5 years in urban industrial England, and 1 year in an 

English railway tunnel. 

nfo t paints do not adhere well to new galvanized metal. 

E:xposino- the metal to the weather for 6 months or more 

improve; this condition, but a better method is to _use n 

go?d proprietary phosp~ate chromat~ treatment pr_10r to 

pamting. A more effective met1_10d 1s to r~mo"\'""e 01.l and 

grease by washing the surface with turpentm_e or mme!al 

spirits. After drying the surface: a coat of zmc du. t-zmc 

oxide primer paint, TT-P-6-U, types I or II, sho_uld then 

be applied, followed by succeeding coats of the pamt u. ed 

on the rest of the structure. 

UGlHJ. -!J-7 
92 Building Material· and Structw·es Repo'rts 

(b) TREATMENT OF ALUMlNU?.1 AND MAGNESIUM 

...\Juminum and aluminum-magnesium alloys shou~d be 

anodized before being given one or more coats of. a smtable 

high-grade paint. Zinc-chromate primers are widely _used 

are are known to give good re ults. Trim paint, alumrn~m 

paint, iron oxide paint, graphite paint, or the usual outside 

house paints can be used over the primer with good results. 

(c) COATINGS FOR CERTAIN OTHER METALS 

:Metals such as tin, terne plate, copper, and bronze are 

easily painted. Oil and grea e hould be removed from these 

metals with mineral spirits or turpentine, then dried. After 

the metal has been cleaned, copper flashings, downspouts, 

and similar parts should be slightly roughened with_ very 

fu1e sandpaper, then coated with the paint used on adJacent 

surfaces. Iron oxide Fed. pee. TT-P-3la, is a good 

paint for tin plate and terne plate. Copper and bron~e fly 

screens can be kept in good condition by washing with a 

olvent, such as mineral pirits, to remove grease, follm-rnd 

by an application of Air-drying Black Enamel, Fed. Spec. 

TT-E-521, type A, thinned with one-eighth its volume of 

turpentine. Zinc-dust paints (Fed. pee. TT-P-641, types 

I or II) are also recommended for galvanized screens. 

5. STEEL SUBMERGED IN WATER 

Extensive studies have been made in recent years on tl_1e 

problem of paints suitable for use on steel submerged lll 

wat_er. Among. groups doing re earch on this ubject are. 

-V_?-r10us compame , including pi!,rment producer , the U . .,.S• ... ary Yards, the U. 8. En<Yineer Di trict of the "ar 

Depart~ent, the U. S: Maritii~1e Commission, and the Ten­

;ie ee \ alley Authority. All the studies have shown the 

importance of proper preparation of the surface to _be 

pamted and ~1ave revealed that priming paints that give 

excellent 8ervice under ordinary atmospheric exposure may 

b~ ims_atisf a~tory when used on steel submerged in water. 

L1ke~·1se, pamts that give good results in fresh water J!lUY 

not grve good results in salt water and vice versa. Parn~s 

show a !!reater tendency to bli ter in fre h water than lll 

alt water. u!faces covered with a primin<Y paint only 

may appear sati factory in immersion tests but when topcoated mar prov~ un ati factory. Thus, an attemp~ to 

evaluate pruners mdependently oi topcoats i of que tion­
Paint 111anual 93 

able value. Some paints may give satisfactory service 

~hen u_sed _both for pr~ing and topcoat, but usually a special pamt 1s used for primmg. The reason for this may he 

intercoat compatibility and a difference in the relatiT"e 

physical properties of primer and topcoats. Therefore, it 

1s essential to test paint systems rather than individual 

paints. 

(a) COAL-TAR-BASE ENAMEL 

(1) Hot A pplication.___..JCoal-tar-base ename1s are used on 

steel submerged in water. The enamels are composed of 

processed coal tar UStlally combined with an inert mineral 

filler. The ability of these enamels to withstand atmo ­ pheric temperature changes and to resist mechanical shock 

Yaries widely and depends upon the service conditions for 

which the enamel was formulated. They are usually designated by trade name, such as "waterworks" or "pipe line· 

enamels, or according to their softening points as determined by the ring and ball method, such as 200° F enamels 

or 180° F enamels. 

Waterworks enamels are capable of withstanding temperatures ranging from -20° to +160° F without showinrr 

any tendency to flow, sag, flake, or crack from metal surfaces. Enamels of this type conform to specfications of the 

American Water Works Association [13] and the .i: ary 

Department [14]. 

Pipe-line enamels are an unplasticized type of coal-tarbase enamel intended primarily to furnish a protecfrrn 

coating for the exterior of underground metal pipes carrying oil or gas. They are usually more usceptible to shock 

and temperature changes than the waterworks type. 

Enamels having physical charucteri tics interm~diate 

between the pipe-line and waterworks enamels are aYa1lable 

and can u uuJly be obtained from the manufacturer of 

either of the e types. 

Before the hot, molten enamel is applied, the surface 

should be coated with a primer that produces a firm bond 

between the metal and the enamel. The primer should be 

an ai1:"-drying liquid coati1~g that ~an be ea ily applied by 

brus~nng or spraying. Tlus !1ece 1tates one ~hat has good 

flowmg and leveling properties, that sl~ows little tendency 

to foam during application, and that dries h8;rd ~refera~ly 

to a matt fini h. Its spreading rate and drJ:mg time pr10r 

to the application of the ub equent coatmO' of enamel 
94 Building Materials and Structures Reports 

should conform to the requirements established by the manufacturer. Surfaces to be primed should be free from rust, 

mill scale, oil, and moisture. A shot or sandblasted .surface 

is the most satisfactory. In no case should the primer be 

applied to surfaces coated with an oil-base paint. 

In heating the enamel for application, great care should 

be taken to prevent coking, caused by local overheating, or 

loss of volatile components, caused by general overheating. 

The maximum temperature to which the enamel can be 

heated and the length of time that it may be kept in the 

working kettles at this temperature are obtainable from the 

manufacturer. The rather narrow limits set by producers 

usually fall within the range of 325° to 450° F. The method 

of applying coal-tar-ba e enamels is determined by the 

character of the surface to be coated. They can be applied 

either by pouring or by daubing with a palmetto bristle 

brush. Although the temperature of the material to be applied depends chiefly upon the type of enamel used, it is 

determined also by the nature and temperature of the surface to be coated. The variation in these surface characteristics often necessitates different temperature of application for the same enamel. 

The enamel should be applied only to clean, dry surfaces 

that have been primed with a bituminous primer recommended by the manufacturer of the enamel. Traces of 

moi tu~·e, frost, or oil will prevent good bonding between 

the primer and the enamel. If properly bonded to the 

primer and metal, the enamel fractures within itself when 

an attempt is made to chip it off with a screwdriver or 

chisel. 

Coal-tar-ba e enamels are applied hot in a uniform coating approximately 1/ 16 in. thick. Steel surfaces coated by 

daubing should be reasonably free from brush marks and . hould show no tendency to honeycomb or pinhole. Pipe 

linings or coatings applied centrifugally should present a 

mooth surface, free from objectionable ridges, corrugations, projections, and depressions. 

(2) Cold Application.-Coal-tar-base enamels for cold 

application are compo ed of a processed coal-tar vehicle and 

an inert inorganic filler thinned with a solvent. .Although 

heavy-bodied, the e enamels po e thixotropic ( see glos­

:-;ary) propertie and can be applied easily by hand brushing 

at normal working temperatures. Because of its consistency, 

thi: type of enamel when applied to verticaJ metal surfaces 
Paint Manual D5 

in one coat up to a thickness of approximately 1/16 in. 

shows no appreciable flow or sag while still wet. "\Yl1en 

applied at a spreading rate of approximately 100 ft2/gul, 

under normal drying conditions, it sets sufficiently within 

24 hr to permit recoating. This type of coatino- is intended 

for application directly to dry clean metal, butif a priming 

coat is used, it should be one recommended by the manufacturer. 

The second coat should be brushed perpendicular to the 

strokes of the undercoat. A film built up by the application 

of several thin coats will off er better protection than a film 

of equal thickness applied as a single coat. W11en chy, the 

coating is capable of withstanding temperature changes 

between -10° and +140° F without chipping, cracking, 

flowing, sagging, or otherwise losing its protectiYe value. 

The amount of volatile thinner used in this type of coating 

usually makes forced ventilation necessary when the enamel 

is applied in closed places, and because of the danger from 

fire and explosion, the enamel should not be applied near 

fire or open flames. 

A coating material of this type is covered in section 

Na 1-05 of reference [14]. 

(b) VARNISH-TYPE PAINTS 

Linseed-oil paints that give good service on structural 

steel exposed to the weather are usually too slow drying and 

are not sufficiently water resistant for application to surfaces subject to intermittent or prolonged exposure in 

water. The vehicle for underwater paints is generally a 

pure phenolic resin-tung oil Yarnish, from 25 to 33 gal in 

length, with or without linseed oil. Usually, the same 

vehicle is used in both the primer and topcoat, or finish 

coats. 

Aluminum paint has been widely used by the Corps oi 

Engineers, Upper Mississippi River Valley Division, War 

Department, as the topcoat on steel submerged in fresh 

water. This paint consists of a mixture of 2 lb of aluminum 

paste to 1 gal of varnish ( a 25-gal, pure phenolic re intung oil varnish). One primer consists 0£ equal part by 

weight of aluminum paste and zinc chromate in the same 

type of varnish. Other priming paints have been used in 

various localities. For example good results have been 

obtained with primers of blue lead-zinc chromate or zinc 
96 Building Materials and Structures Reports 

dust-zinc oxide (with or without iron oxide) in suitable 

phenolic resin varnishes. The zinc dust-zinc oxide paint 

has given very good results in the Ohio River tests (steel 

parts of the Montgomery Island Dam) near Pittsburgh 

conducted by the Ohio River Division, Corps of Engineers, 

War Department. A pure blue-lead paint in a phenolictung oil varnish likewise has given good results as a priming coat in the Montgomery Dam tests . 

.Another formula for a primer that has shown good results in fresh water is zinc dust 25.0 lb, zinc oxide 4.4 lb, 

red iron oxide ( 84 percent) 0.6 lb, vehicle, 1.0 gal of a 33­

gal length, 100-percent tung oil, pure phenolic resin varnish. 

Another is red iron oxide ( ± percent) 4.0 lb, zinc chromate 

yellow 2.0 lb, diatomaceous silica 1.0 lb, magnesium silicate 

1.0 lb, to either 1 gal of a 25-gal length, 100-percent tung 

oil, pure phenolic resin varnish or 1 gal of a 25-gal length, 

50-percent tung oil-50-percent linseed oil, pure phenolic 

resin varnish . 

.Aluminum paint (2 lb of aluminum paste to 1 gal of a 

25-gal length, 100-percent tung oil, pure phenolic resin 

-varnish) has given good results as a topcoat on steel submerged in fresh water, but the steel should be primed with 

a special rust-inhibitive primer, such as blue lead, red lead, 

or zinc chromate before applying the aluminum paint. 

In connection with the subject of painting steel submerged in fresh water, experiments on painting the interior 

of steel tanks holding drinking water were carried out by 

the Federation of Paint and Varnish Production Clubs and 

the Engineer Board of the War Department. Themo t satisfactory finish tested at Fort Belvoir, Va., was a baked thermo etting phenolic resin. 1Vhere baking is not possible ( as 

in the field) two paints have given good results. One is a 

zinc dust-zinc oxide pigment in a 25-gal pure phenolicresin-linseed-oil varnish. The other is an iron oxide pigment in a pure phenolic-resin-tung-oil varnish. Prior to 

painting, the steel is cleaned and then given a phosphate 

pretreatment with the following solution : 

Orthophosphol'i.c acid (75 percent of H3PO,) •••• 12 gal. Chromium ~ulfate (water soluble) .....•••••• 25 lb. 

Monobutyl phenyl phenol odium sulfonate 

(A.re kap) ..........................•••• 11h gal. Ethylene ..,.lycol monoetbyl (Cellosolve) ...••••. 6 gal. Water (enough to make) .................... 160 gal. 
Paint 1.l!anual 97 

. Two .coats C?f either the zinc-du t-zinc-oxide paint or the 

1ron-ox1de pamt are applied after the surface ha <lrie l. 

Paints applied over steel which has been treated "-ith pho ­

phat~ show marked improvement in service over paint 

apphe<l ~o steel not phosphate-treated. This point hould 

be especially noted wherever exposure to fre h ·water is 

involved. · 

The Bureau of Ships, Navy Department, after con iderable work at the Philadelphia Navy Yard Laboratory ha 

adopted a zinc-dust coating for fresh-water tank . 

The composition of the zinc dust paint i 

I'rr<·e,itnge 

by tcCi{Jht 

Pigment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 to 77 

Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 to 27 

Pigment: 

Zinc <lust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7!) to 1 

Zinc 011.ide . • • • . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . rn to 21 

Yehicle: Unmodified para-phenyl-phenol-formal<lehyde 

re in varnish, suitable for grinding with zinc oxide. It ha 

an oil-resin ratio of 2 to 1; that is, it i 25 gal in length. 

The uncooked oil and re in are heated together to a temperature of 560° F in 1 hour and held at thi temperature 

for 1% hours to body. The varnish i then cooled to a 

temperature of 450° F in 45 minutes and thinned. 

The vehicle contains no ro in or ro in derivatives. The 

thinner i turpentine, mineral spirit , and/ or olrnnt 

naphtha. The driers must contain no lead compound . 

The paint weighs not le than 20 lb/ gal and drie hard 

in 6 to 10 hours. 

Letter Circular LC744:, Painting Steel Potable 1' ater 

Tanks, may be obtained free of charge from the .1 ational 

Bureau of Standards. 

V. CARE AND PREPARATION OF PAINTING 


MATERIALS 


The durability and mootlme '"' of fini h of a, painted 

urface depends to a large extent upon the condition of the 

painting materials at the time of application. To keep 

paints in proper condition uitable torage facilitie houl<.l 

be provided. ,Careful mixing and the u e of clean bru he. 

will aid in obtaining a sati factory finish. 
Building ...llaterial.· awl 'tructu1·cs Report::; 

1. STORAGE OF PAINTING MATERIALS 

Paints, varnishes, lacquers, thinners, and other painting 

material should be stored in well-ventilated places where 

they ,-vill not be exposed to excessive heat, smoke, spark • 

flame, or direct rays of the sun. The packages should be 

kept tightly clo eel when not in use. Powder paints should 

be tored in moisture-proof containers. 

Ready-prepared paints and pastes tored in suitable c~u1s 

or drums should be inverted every month to retard settlmg 

of the solid matter. Ho1'ever, unpigmented liquid materials (linseed oil, for example) should be left undisturbed. 

2. PREPARATION OF READY-MIXED PAINTS 

Ready-mixed paints should be prepared for application 

in places that are ,vell ventilated and free from flame or 

direct unshine. 

'mall lots of ready-mixed paints can be mixed mo::.t 

·atisfactorily by ·boxing/' a procedure described and illustrated in figure 2 [9]. 

1Vhen preparing ready-mixed tinted paint, about onethird of the paint should be poured into a clean ves el. The 

remainder should be tirred to a uniform consi tency before 

returning the portion that was remo,Ted. The entire quantity is then ready to be boxed and strained through fine wire 

~creen or chee ecloth . 

..\.nother method of mixing paint i to insert the unopened 

rnn in a power-driven vibrator-type paint mixer for a 

period of 3 to 10 minute . Becau e the violent agitation of 

this mixer tends to create many small bubbles in enamel 

paints it is recommended that they be mixed by boxing. 

3. MIXING OF PASTES AND POWDER 

It i important that powder and pa te pigment. be properly thinned if the de ired effect i to be obtained. 'ome 

pigment furni hed in paste form are to be mixed with oil 

by the purcha er; other . uch a re in-emul ·ion paints, are 

to be blended with ·water. 

(a) PASTES 

(1) l a.·te.~-in-Oil.-Mo t of the pate-in-oil pioment can 

be ea ily broken up by tirring with a strong wooden paddll' 
Paint Jfanual 
100 Building 211ater-ials and Structures Reports 

in the original container, taking care that no heav:Y sediment 

'i left in the bottom. It may be necessary, even after car~ful 

stirring, to pour off some of the partly mixed paste mto 

,mother clean cn,11 in order to thoroughly break up the bottom layer by more vigorous stirring. The part that ha 

been poured off can then be returned to the can and the 

entire quantity again stirred until uniform. 

The amount of paste nece ary to make the desired 

amount of paint should be tran ferred to a container that 

has a greater capacity than the total volume of the completed paint. The required amount of oil should be measured ancl slowly stirrnd into the paste. ,vi1en about h~lf 

of the oil has been added the mixture can be stirred readily 

and the lump broken up easily. The remaining oil should 

then be mixed with the drier and thinner and stirred slowly 

into the paste. If two or more white-pigment pastes are 

used to make the paint, they can be mixed in the proper 

proportions before the oil is added. After tl1e paste and 

oil have been combined, the paint is ready to be boxed, by 

the method shown in figure 2 and strained through fine wire 

screen or cheesecloth. 

Various shades can be produced by tinting previously 

ruixed white-base paint. The tinting paste should be thoroughly mhed with turpentine to a con istency similar to 

that of the completed white paint. This tinting liquid should 

be stirred lowly into the white-ha e paint until a uniform 

mixture is obtained. Care should be taken to use only the 

minimum amount of tinting liquid. Wben oil varnish is 

pa1t of the vehicle, it i sugge ted that at least a part of 

the thinner be turpentine and that the ·rnrnish be stirred 

in after all other mixing operations have been completed. 

(2) Res!n-Enwlsion Paint '.-The e paints are usually 

packaged m pa te form to \le thinned with water approximately in the proportion of 2 parts by volume of paste to 1 

pa~ of wa.ter. It i sugge ted that the paint be boxed after 

the mgre<l1ents lm-ve been thoroughly mixed. 1Vhen manufacture( direct~ons are gi\en ~hey should be followed, as 

pa te pau~ts ~f chffer:ent compames may vary in consistency. If the pamt 1 apphe<l by pray, additional water may be 

nece ary. However the paint should not be thinned to the 

point where more than two coats are needed to ofre adequate 

hiclino power. t'­
Paint 111anual 101 

(b) POWDERS 

Dry pigments are almo t al1\""ays mixed to pa tes at the 

factory, but when necessary to mix paint from dry pi(Tment 

on the job, the work room should be free from drafts and 

the workmen should be protected by all-du t respirators. 

(1) DJ'y Bed-Lead Paints.-Paints may be made from 

dry red lead by either of two metho<ls. By the fir t method, 

a quart of linseed oil may be poured into a clean bucket of 

morn than I-gallon capacity and a pa te formed by slowly 

stirring 25 lb of dry red lead into the oil. After allowing 

the paste to tand for at lea t 72 hours to in ure complete 

"~etting of the red-lead particles, another quart of linseed 

011 can be added. A few hours before application, a mixture 

of 2 parts of turpentine or mineral spirits and 1 part of 

drier may be stirred in. 

The second method is to stir 25 lb of dry red lead into 

a quart of linseed-replacement oil and continue tirring 

until a paste is formed. This should stand for 72 hours; 

then 3 pt of linseed-replacement oil and % pt of mineral 

spirits should be added. The mixture should then be boxed. 

Pure red lead paint is available in ready-mixed form (Fed. 

~pee. TT-P-86). 

(2) Cement-TV ater Paint!?.-Cement-water paints are 

packaged in powder :form and require only the addition of 

water to prepare them :for u e. In mixing them the recommended procedure i to make a stiff paste by adding water 

in small portions to the dry material, stirring con tantly. 

After this, additional water may be gradually stirred into 

the pa te to the de -ired con. i tency. The proper amount of 

water varies with the finene s of the dry material . 

The paint should be tjrred vigorously for several minute. 

until it i of uniform con i tency and all particle are thoroughly wetted. "'\Vorkability wi'II be improved by allowing 

the mixture to stand from 20 to 30 minute with occa ional 

stirring. Mo t paint remain usable for 3 to 4 hours after 

beino- prepared, although in hot weath~r some paint e pecially tho e containino- calcium chloride, should be u ed 

within 3 hours. t, 

Because cement-water paint tend to ~tiffe~ while_ ~einμused, it is common practice to. thi~ the pam~ with ad~it10nal 

water when necessary to mamtam the de ued co~1s1 ten~y. 

There seems to be no serious objection to ret~mpermg white 

paint, provided it is done properly. The pamt should fir t 
102 Building 1llate-rials and Structures Reports 

be tirred vigorously, as sometimes this operation restores 

it fluidity. Any additional ,rnter required should be added 

in small amounts and thoroughly mixed. 

(3) Casein-Powder Paints.-Cold-water paints are also 

packaged in powder form. ..::Ul types require the addition 

o:f water and one kind (Fed. Spec. TT-P-22) is furnished 

with a "mixing liquid" compose<l of raw or boiled linseed 

oil or par varnish to be used in addition to the water. 

EXTERIOR.-Powder for exterior paint should be mixed 

in the proportions of 90 to 100 lb of powder "'ith 10 t<? 12 

gal of water. The powder should be put into a metal or 

enamelware container. Porcelain and galvanized iron are 

Yery satisfactory, but wooden or unpainted iron mixing containers should never be used. The required amount of water 

at 70° F should be measured carefully in a separate vessel 

and gradually added to the powder in small portions, stirring constantly. The mixture should be stirred vigorously 

until it is of a smooth, thin, creamy consi tency suitable for 

brushing, then allowed to stand 30 minutes before being n ed. It is good practice to strain the mixed paint through 

a No. 40 sieve but this i not essential. The paint should be u eel the ame day it is mixed. 

"\Yhen mixing liquid in addition to water is used in preparing the paint, it hould be u ed in the proportions of 

1 gal to 90 to 100 lb of powder with 10 to 12 gal of water. 

Two-thirds of the required volume o:f water at approximately 70° F should be put into a metal or enamelware 

container. The powder should be added in small c1uantities, 

stirrino- thoroughly between each addition until a paste of 

uniform consi tency is obtained. After the mixture has 

been allowed to stand for 30 minutes, the mixing liquid 

hould be gm.dually stirred in, followed by the remaining 

portion of water. 

IXTERIOR.-Cold-water casein-powder paints intended for 

interior u e should be mixed with water in the proportions 

of to 10 lb of powder with 4 qt of water at approximately 

70° F. The directions given for mixing powder and water 

for exterior paints should be followed. 

4. CARE OF BRUSHES 

Before a new bm h i u el with oil paint or oil varnish, 

it houlcl be well shaken to remove loo e hairs and dust, 

and then carefully combed traight. \. steel comb is recom­
Paint 1lIanual 103 

mended for the purpose. It may also be washed with turpentine or mineral spirits. It is suggested that the new 

brush be soaked in linseed oil for about 12 hours before 

being put into the paint. The surplus oil should be pres eel 

out of the new brush before painting. The brush should 

be dipped into the paint to about half the length of the 

bristles. 

The best time to clean brushes is immediately after u e. 

As much paint a po sible should first be wiped off the 

br1:1sh. Then it should _be wasl1;ed ~n turpentine or special 

pamt brush cleaner until all pamt 1s remo\"ed. When drymg the brush, it should be laid flat with all bri tle traight. 

It may be necessary to follow this by a final washing with 

yellow la1mdry soap and water. 

When brushes are to be used a great deal, as in a paint 

shop, it is considered good practice to suspend the brush 

2 or 3 iIL above the bottom of a tub or tank containing a 

mixture of raw lin eed oil and a mall amount of turpentine 

so that the bristles are completely submerged. Bru hes used 

for oil paint , enamel , and vill'ni hes should not be kept in 

water as the bri tles become soft and flabby. 

After the brush has been washed clean of all material, it 

should be wrapped in paper and laid flat on a shelf. It i. 

advisable to place a few moth balls near the bru he . 

A brush that has become hard and dry with paint can 

seldom be re tored to fir t-class condition. There are on 

the market several proprietary materials for reclaiming 

brushes. One simple method is to imme1 e the bru h in 

organic-solvent-type paint and varni h remover for 2-1­

hours. "11e11 the bru h is remoYed. the paint houkl be 

craped out with a putty knife or ~eel comb. Th~ bru h , hould then be washed free from pmnt. small particles or 

paint being removed by submerging the bru h in turpentine 

and working the liquid through the bri tle . 

Bru hes u ed with shellac varni h or hellac varni h replacement should be kept either jn a ''keeper·' with ~enatu:ed 

alcohol or washed with denatured alcohol before bemg dried 

and stored in a horizontal po ition in a du t-free dry place. 

Bru hes u ed with water paint and whitewa h need onl:r 

be wa bed with soap and water. 1Y"ith some of the new 

resin-oil emulsion paint , it i nece. sary Jo wa. h the hrusl1 

\' ith soap nncl water before the pamt dr1es. 
10-!: Building Materials and Str·uctures Report8 

..:\n illustration of various bru hes in well-equipped paint 

shops may be found in the Army Repair and Ltilities 

:Manual [15]. 

VI. SAFETY MEASURES 

The application of paint involves certain hazards for 

"hich adequate safety mea ure should be taken. 

The National Bureau of tandarcls is not qualified to 

ans,rnr inquiries concerning the relative toxicity of vario~s 

paints and pigments and detailed precautions to be used m 

spray painting. Questions of this nature should be directed 

to the U. S. Public Health Service, Federal Security Agency, 

Washington 25 D. C. 

I. FALLS 

Most of the injuries sustained by painters are the result 

of falls from scaffolds or ladders. Precautions that should 

be taken for the protection of painters are the same as for 

riggers. carpenter , and other workmen. For information 

on methods of protection for worhlllen. ee " ... afety Require­

~ents for Excavation Builclino·, and Con truction" [16]. 

2. FIRE 

Oil paints, varnishes, and Yolatile liquids are flammable 

and should be kept a way from fire. .A.s :1 safety mea ure, 

they should be tored in clo eel containers. In a well-oqnmizecl paint shop, paint , oils. and volatile liquid are tored 

preferably in a fireproof room. Many paint manufacturers 

print a statement on the label of the paint cans cautioning 

the u er to keep the paint away from fire. 

Rags u eel to wipe up linseed or other drying oils are 

al o a frequent source of spontanous combustion. They 

should be burned or drenched with water and put in an 

airtight metal-covered container. 

3. POISON 

The volatile liqui(~S (turpentine, mineral spirits, and 

ga. oline) u ed by painters are kin irritant . For this rea­ . on the frequent u e of such thinners to 1·emo-rn paint from 

the hand. hou1d be di couraged to irrnicl dermatitis. Prolonged inhalation of toxic fume such a.· tho e emitted from 

benzol n eel in paint remover: and carbon tetrachloride or 
Paint Manual 105 

carb~n disulfide used in removing old bit~minous coatings 

constitute a health hazard. Some of the pigment , particularly_ those .containing lead and chromates, are poisonou . The mhalation of dust, such as that caused by sandpapering 

and sandblasting, is a source of danger. The inhalation of 

lead :fumes while burning off old paint is a health hazard. 

For precautionary reasons there should be adequate ventilation in shops and rooms where paints are u ed. ,Yhere 

ventilation is insufficient, respirators supplied with clean 

air should be used. 

Food should not be kept or eaten in a workroom or any 

other place where it is expo ed to dust from sandpapering 

or fumes from paint thinners. When handling paint or 

painting equipment, painters should take pecial precautions 

to thoroughly clean their hands and faces before eating. 

Work clothes should be changed before leaving a paint 

workroom and should be laundered frequently. 

vn. SAMPLING AND INSPECTION 

The purpose of sampling is to obtain repre entative pecimens for record. The purpo e of testinO' i to determine 

compliance of the material with the requirement of the 

purchase-contract specification. ampling may be done at 

the factory, while loading or unloading tank car • hips, or 

trucks, or after delivery of material. The purpo e of inspecting a shipment of material is to determine visually 

whether it is in good condition and whether it has been ent 

according to good shipping procedure. The purpo e of 

inspecting surfaces to be painted i to determine what preparation is neces ary before applying paint. The purpo e 

of inspecting finished work is to determine its compliance 

with the contract specification. 

1. INSTRUCTIONS AND PRECAUTIONS FOR SAllPLING 

Federal Specification TT-P-141a (20 cent , Superintendent of Documents "\Yashington 25, D. C.) contain the following directions for sampling: 

"Official amples hould he taken by, or under th~ immedia~e sup .r­ vision of, a person of jud'7 ID ut, skill, and prenons experience m sampling. 

"The portion taken for ample · ~boulcl represent the general 

characteristics and a·rnrage condition of the lot ~ampled." 
106 Building Material:s and Structures Reports 

Precautions should be taken to assure that the sampling 

apparatus and the samples themselves are neither contami­ - mtted with nor alternd by any extraneous matter not representative of the lot being sampled. 

A single package from each lot of not more than. l,00~ 

package should be selected at random as representative of 

the whole. The eller has the option of being repre ~nted 

at the time of sampling, and when he so requests, is fur:rnshed 

with a duplicate sample. 

Directions £or sampling apply to liquid materials, dry 

pigments, pastes-in-oil, and mixed paints. The tests should 

be made according to the directions given in section F of 

the applicable Federal specification. 

(a) LIQUIDS: THINNERS, OILS, AND VARNISBES 

·whenever possible, liquids in original unopened conta~­

ers should be sent to the laboratory. If this is not practicable, the contents of the container sampled should be 

thoroughly mi-xed, making certain the incorporation of any 

settlings. A clean, dry, glass bottle or tin can should be 

filled with not less than 1 qt of the sample, securely stoppered with a new clean cork or well-fitted cover or cap . ealed, and distinctly labeled. When reque ted, a duplicate 

sample may be taken from the same package for delivery 

to the seller. A third sample may be held for test in case 

of dispute. 

(b) PIGMENTS, PASTES, AND READY-MIXED PAINTS 

(1) Dry Pigment.·.-The package shouJd be opened and 

a sample of not less than 1 lb taken at random from the content . This should be placed in a clean. dry, metal or glass 

container, sealed, marked, and sent to the laboratory. 

'2) Pastes and Ready-lllixed Paint8.-1Vhenever possible, the original unopened containers of paste or readymixed paint should be sent to the laboratory. 

"11en an original container of paint can not be sent to 

the la.boratory for te t and there are no facilities for mixing 

the ~aterial mechanically, a representative sample can be 

obtamed by the procedure for boxing paint. Portable 

mechanical agitators are useful for mixing paint, and can 

be ob~ained in various sizes for mixing a gallon or a barrel 

of pamt. 
Paint Manual lOT 

Caking of paint should be determined by st1rrmg the 

paint with a paddle or spatula. The content of the container should then be thoroughly mixed and a sample of not 

less than 1 qt placed in a clean, dry, metal container, sealed 

marked, and sent to the laboratory for test, together with 

the report on caking. A good paint should not cake in the 

container. A portion of the sample of dry pigment, pastein-oil, or ready-mixed paint may be retained for comparison 

in case of dispute. 

(c) BITUMINOUS ENAMEL AND PRIMER 

(1) Enamel.-Samples should be taken at least 3 in. 

below the surface and at least 3 in. from the ide of the 

container or from the center of the material. At least 150 

lb of this solid material should be selected from different 

parts of the unit or units sampled and thoroughly mixed. 

A 50-lb sample of the mixture should then be sent to the 

laboratory for test. 

(2) Primer.-The method of sampling primers is the 

same as that for sampling pigments, pastes, and ready-mixed 

paints. A statement from the manufacturer with regard to 

the following characteristics of primer and enamel shoulcl 

accompany the test samples. 

1. Method of applying primer and coverage in squarn 

feet per gallon. 

2. Minimum and maximum drying time of primer before 

application of enamel. 

3. Temperature of coal-tar or a phalt-base enamel at 

time of application. 

4. Maximum allowable temperature to which enamel 

may be heated. 

5. Maximum time enamel may be held in heating kettles 

at applicable temperature. 

(d) COAL-TAR-BASE PAINTS 

The method of sampling coal-tar-base paints i~ the same 

as that for pigments, pa tes, and prepared pamts. The 

shipment may be rejected without sending a sample to a 

laboratory if ob ervation or t~ t ~Iearly prove that the 

material does not meet the spec1ficat10ns. Example. : the 

paint delivered is of a different color froID: t_hat speci_fied 

or is of lighter weight per gallon than the mrn1mum we1 aht 

pecified. 

6604j ' 0 ~ 43----8 
108 Building Materials and Structures Reports 

2. INSPECTION 

Field inspection of new work is for the purpose of as~ertaining whether the paint is being used at the required 

spreading rate, whether the work is being performed under 

proper weather conditions, and whether the surfaces to be 

painted are clean and dry. Moisture in wood and masonry 

can be detected by meters. Information regarding these 

devices can be obtained from the manufacturer, including 

William J. Delmhorst, 90 West St., New York, N. Y.; 

Raymond S. Hart, 7 Lincoln St., Jersey City, N. J.; L.A. 

~filbrock, 732 N. Lombard Ave., Chicago, Ill.; and C. J. 

Tagliabue Mfg. Co., Brooklyn, N. Y. 

New structural steel should be treated with two shop 

coats of inhibitive primer slightly different in color. I:f 

only one coat is used, the metal should be carefully inspected 

as soon as delivered at the site, and spot-coated with the 

primer wherever necessary. Within approximately 2 weeks 

a second coat should be applied over the whole surface. 

Pinholes or cracks in bituminous coatings can be readily 

detected by means of an "electric holiday detector." The 

unit usually consists of a high-voltage transformer designed 

to operate on a 105- to 115-volt, 60-cycle power line, and an 

adjustable Tesla coil. A metal chain, band or brush, whichever best conforms to the contour of the surface to be 

te ted, is attached to the discharge terminal of the Tesla 

coil. 

In inspecting the coating for defects, the metal chain, 

band or brush is passed slowly over and in contact with the 

surface tested. The Tesla coil is so adjusted that at all 

times there is a uniform corona ( violet in color) discharge 

between the metal chain, band, or brush, and the enamel 

coating. Breaks in the coatin~ are indicated by sparking 

between the testing unit and the metal under the enamel. 

),. uch units are obtainable from electrical supply houses, 

especially those handling scientific instruments. 

In connection with the subject of inspection, a leaflet 

i sued by the National Paint, Varnish and Lacquer Association, "Paint Exposure or Complaint Report' [17], is useful 

in the inspection of new or previously painted metal and 

wood. From this leaflet there is reproduced the following 

field-inspection report sheet: 
Paint Manual 10!) 

PAINT EXPOSURE OR COMPLAINT REPORT 

HISTORY 

Location ....................... Date .......... ............... . 


Lumber Used ................... Building u ed for.............. . 


Age of Structure ............ : ... Area Painted .................. . 


Applied on New or Previou.·ly Painted Surface ........ .. ......... . 


Condition of Old Paint at Time of Painting: 

South West North J.;a.·t 

Chalking 


Checking 


Cracking ............... . 


Blistering .............. . 


Peeling ................ . 


Flaking ................ . 


Scaling ................. . 


Type of Paint Previously U ed .......... ~umber of Times Paintetl, 


etc. . ............................ · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 


l\fethod of Preparing Surface Before Applying Paint............. . 


Date of Painting ............................................... . 


Kind of Primer ................................................ . 


Reduction l\Iade for Priming Coat ............................ ... . 


Kind of Paint..........................Quantity t,':-;e<l ........ ... . 


Reduction l\Iade for Finishing Coat ............................. . 


Number of Coat Applied on Body .................Color ........ . . 


Xumber of Coat .Applied on Trim. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . olor......... . 


Weather Conditions at Time of Painting .......................... . 

110 Building J.11ateriaZ..s and :itl'uctures Reports 

INSPECTION 

Date •••••••..................Inspector........•..••••••••••.... , 


South Wet North Ea.·t 


General Appearance .. . .. . 


Di coloration ........... . 


Gloss ..•................ 


Chalking ............... . 


Checking ............... . 


Cracking ............... . 


Flaking ..•.............. 


Scaling ................ . 


Bli tering .............. . 


Peeling ..•.•...•........ 


Structural Defects Found Where Water Could Enter: 

Window Frames ..••••••••••Headers •••••••••............... 

Louvres .....•••••••••••••••Roof ..•..•.•................... 

Warped Siding or Absence of Flashings or Trim Boards . • • • • • • • • • • • • Defective Fla hings .......... . 

Poor Drainage of Surface 

Water .....•..•.•••••••••Wet Basement ................. . 

Lumber Siding Near Lack of Ventilation in 

Ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Side Walls .................. . 


Were • iding Butts Leaded? ................................. . 


Remark:-;: ................................................. · 


Moi 	ture Test: Percentage of ~foisture in Wood at Time of Ini-pection: 

Where Failure· are Evident .................................. · 

Where Failure are not Evident.............................. . 

Are Acid Factories, Smelters or Other Industries~,.ear the Job? ..... . 

Are Sample of Wood or Paint Films Available? ................... . 

Location of ~\.rea from which Films were Obtained for Lal>orutory 

Examination .................................................. · · 

Result of Film Examination: 

Number of Old Coats ........................................ . 


Adherence of Old Coats to Underlying Surface ................ . 


\That Photo!!l'aphs were Taken? .................................. . 

Pai11t Jlrnwal 111 

VIII. PAINT FAILURES 

P~int ~a~lures are inevitable, as no paint is intended to 

la t mde~~tely. I~ addition, the inadequate repainting of 

many_ bmld!ngs dunng the war has multiplied the number 

of ramt failures. For these reasons, the discu sion in thi 

ectio~ of the manual is significant. However, printed instruct10ns or suggestions can not take the place o:f the skilJ 

~nd exverience of the master painter, who has spent years 

m acqmring a practical know ledge of how to paint surfaces 

properly. 

. Before discussing paint failures and painting troubles. 

~t may be helpful to point out that, in general. -white paint 

1s the lea t durable and black paint the most durable when 

expo ed to the weather; likewise, dark tints and shades are, 

m~re durable than light tints. For example, a light-gray 

pamt is more durable than a white paint· a dark-gray paint 

Is more durable than a light gray; a red or brown paint 

(Fed. pee. TT-P-31a) i more durable than a cream- or 

tan-colored paint. However, white and light-tinted paints 

reflect more light than dark-colored paints. A white pa1nt 

reflects about Opercent of the light, w11ereas a black parnt 

re.fleets only about 2 percent. The word "durable., as u. eel 

here indicates film inteo-rity rather than appearance. For 

example, a medium-gray paint on the exterior o~ a hon e 

may change to light gray after prolonged ~eather1~f . Th~ 

owner of the house may feel that the pamt has f~1led 

(from the standpoint of appearance) alth01wh the mtear1ty of the film may be unimpaired. . 

The cause of paint failures may be not only lac~ of smtable. ur~ace preparation prior to J?a.intini, bu_t al o improper 

application or unsuitable compo 1t10n of pamt. Fa~tor to 

be considered in avoidino- :failures are careful elect10n anrl 

eorrect proportioning otmaterial for each coat. allowa~1ce 

of adequate drying time between coat , pr<?per spreadmrr 

rates and suitable weather condition for pamtmg. 

There are other causes of paint fai]ure in ad~tion to 

tho e li ted above such as construction defect , particularly 

faul~y maintenance, which include ei!her. too fregu~n\ or 

to~ mfrequent painting- and the combmatrnn of d1ssnmlur 

Paints in a coating. The e fault are probably the mot 

common sources of paint failure . . ;Descriptions of some of the mo~e common types of pamt 

failure and painting trouble w1th suggested rause un<l 
112 Building Materials and tructures Repo'rt · 

remedies follow: Examples of paint failures in Army cantonments are shown in figures 3 to 22 and are used through 

the courtesy of the Office of the Chjef of Engineers, War 

Department. Other illustrations of paint failures, figures 

23 to 31, were furnished by the Forest Products Lab.oratory, 

Forest Service, United tates Department of Agr1cultur~, 

Madison, Wis. The photographs shown at the end of this 

chapter were made by F. L. Browne, of the Forest Products 

Laboratory. The reader is also referred to the photographs 

of paint failures shown in Federal Specification TT-P-141a. 

1. ADHESION . 

The satisfactory adhesion of the first coat of paint to the 

underlying surface is extremely important. The success. o-f 

the paint job depends to a very forge extent on the bondmg 

of the first coat to the foundation. Insufficient or unskilled 

preparation of the surface may result in defective adhesion. 

Having the surface clean and dry, sanding all glossy coats 

prior to applying subsequent coats allowing sufficient time 

for e._'lch coat to dry hard (but no unnecessarily long) are 

all important factors in promoting good adhesion. In addition to suitable preparation of the surface, the priming 

paint should be formulated for the particular surface to 

which it is to be applied. To help obtain a satisfactory 

paint job, the following Federal specifications have been 

prepared: 

TT-P-20-For priming structural steel 


TT-P-86-For priming structural teel. 


TT-P-25-For priming exterior wood. 


TT-P-56-For priming interior plaster, concrete, brick. 


TT-P-641-For priming galvanized iron. 


.A wide variation will be found in the paint-holding 

pr?perties of woods in general use. The woods which hold 

pamt longest and suffer least when repainting :i neglected 

are.cedar, redwood, and cypress; next :in order are northern 

white J?ine, west~rn white pine, .and sugar pine; the third 

group m order 1s Ponderosa pme spruce, and hemlock; 

th~ last ~oup consists of woods which have the poorest 

pamt-holding properties: Dou~las fir, western larch, and ·outhern yellow pine. 

2. ALLIGATORING 

. Alligatoring . consists of the development 0£ interlacing 

lmes over relatively large area on a paint film, gh,h1g the 
Paint Manual 11:3 

appearance of alligator's skin (see fig. 8). One cau e of alligatoring is the application of a hard-drying coat of paint 

or varnish over a comparatively soft undercoat (for ex­

~mple, a flat white paint applied over a bituminous coatmg). The outer coat tends to oxidize and harden during 

drying, after which it contracts and shrinks. By applying 

the hard topcoat over the soft undercoat, the oxidation, 

and consequent hardening of the undercoat, is stopped. It 

is good practice to allow the priming coat and all subsequent coats of paint or varnish to dry hard, but not too 

long, before the next coat is applied. 

Alligatoring may begin as checking or cracking but the 

break tends to grow wider at the bottom as well a at the 

top. The top coating contracts, thus exposing portions o-f 

the undercoat. In the typical extreme case of alliaatoring, 

the "islands" of coating between interlacing breaks have 

not only contracted in area but have increased in thickne s 

and, consequently, often have become wrinkled. Alligatoring may be caused by the application of succe sive coats of 

incompatible paints or by the application o:f paints or 

enamels over resin-impregnated surfaces ( ee also figs. 23, 

24, 27, 30, and 31). 

3. BLEEDING 

Painting over knots (see figs. 6, 7, 17, and 20) or other 

resinous wood causes a dissolving action of some of the 

resin. As a result, white paint turns yellowish. Painting 

over creosote, bitumen, or colors soluble in oil (mahogany 

stain, for example) likewise may cause some of the material 

to dissolve into the paint coat. The remedy is to treat the 

surface with a sealer prior to applying paint. A freshly 

made, quick-drying, aluminum paint (2 lb. of aluminum 

powder or paste to 1 gal. of interior varnish (Fed. pee. 

TT-V-71a) for interior work, or spar varnish (Fed. pee. 

TT-V-121b) :for exterior work) is a good sealer to hold 

back creosote stains, bituminous materials, and aniline 

stains. Rosin-free orange shellac varnish (Fed. ... pee. 

TT-Y-91a) is used in thin con.ts over 1.,1ots prior to painting. In this connection, the reader is referred to what ha 

previously been said rega.rding the subject of painting over 

knots. 

W11ere resin has exuded from the wood and formed bead. on the surface or has caused alligatoring o:f the paint, the 

area should be scraped and sandpapered until the re in is 
114 Building Materials and Structures Reports 

removed and the wood laid bare. The surface is then ready 

for sealing and repainting. On prolonged exposure to the 

weather, copper and bronze screens :form soluble salts that 

"bleed" or wash down.and stain the white paint below (see 

fig. 12). To avoid this condition, the screens should be 

coated with either spar varnish (to retain the original appearance) or painted with black screen enamel (Fed. ~pee. 

TT-E-521, black enamel thinned slightly with turpentme). 

4. BLISTERING AND PEELING 

Blistering of paint (see fig. 29) is caused by fluid (gas or 

liquid) pressure beneath an airtight coating. "\Yater usually plays a secondary part, chiefly that of making it possible for fluid pressure to be developed within the "Wood. 

Wood can be very wet without causing paint blistering, 

otherwise, marine painting would be lar<1ely impracticable. 

Usually, suitable temperature gradients have a more direct 

bearing on blistering than does water. Likewise, the permeability of the coating to moisture, as long as the coating ~s 

not physically porous, has little, if any, bearing on its sensitivity to blistering. White paints, such as Federal Specification TT-P-!O, types I and II, which are relatively 

impermeable to moisture, are only moderately sensitive to 

blistering, whereas many dark-colored paints, which are 

more permeable to moisture, are also more sensitive to blistering. Similarly, aluminum primer decrea es the permeability of a coating but may increase, decrease or fail to alter 

the sensitivity to blistering, according to the nature of the 

topcoat. Where blistering is prevalent, the building should 

be checked for adequate ventilation, and the installation of a 

,·apor barrier on the inside of exterior walls given consideration. Blisters should be scraped off, rough edges sanded 

smoothly, and bare spots touched up with the priming coat, 

followed by the finishing coats. 

The peeling paint may be caused by the application of 

paint to a glossy surface. A glo sy surface should be sanded 

before applying paint. It is not good practice to apply a 

glossy paint over a glossy undercoat. 

5. CHALKING 

Chalking, or powdering, of the paint film is generally 

caused by the destruction of the outside ( the side exposed to 

the weather) hindincr material in the film. In normal weathering of outside paints, chalking follows loss of glo s. Cer­
Paint Manual 115 

tain I?igments (for. example, titanium dioxide) cause ~ore 

ch~lking of the parnt film than others ( for example, zinc 

oxide). The usual outside white paint lasts about 4 years • 

before it is time to repaint. If the paint does not chalk 

to any considerable extent, continued repaintings will result in the building up of a thick coat of paint, and cracking 

and scaling are apt to follow. Thus, a certain amount of 

mild chalki11g is desirable, as this results in a gradual re­

~uction in the thickness of the coating because of the wearmg away of the film. On the other hand, excessive chalking 

is undesirable, as this will result in bad erosion of the paint 

film. Early chalking may be caused by the application of 

too thin a coat of paint, or by heavy rain, fog, dew, or frost, 

settling on the paint film before it is dry. 

6. CHECKING 

Checking starts at the exposed surface, works progressively deeper into the coating, tends to take on a V- haped 

cross section with the open part at the exposed surface, but 

gives no sign of widening at the bottom by contraction of 

the coating, though the checks may be 1'idened slightly by 

erosion. Slight checking is not a serious defect, as it indicates a relieving of the shrinkage stresses in a paint film. 

If the film does not check, because of its great tensile 

strength, it may crack ·with the expansion and contraction 

of the surface to which the paint is applied; caling may 

then result ( see figs. 11 and 26). 

7. CRACKING AND SCALING 

Cracking and scaling ( see figs. 3, 4. 5, 15 19, and 2 ) is a 

very serious and all too common type of paint failure. As 

stated in the previous paragraph under "checking ' if the 

tension of the paint film is not broken in some way when 

the surface to '"·hich it is applied contracts and expand.·, cracking and subsequent scaling is apt to re ult. Cracking 

differs from checking or alligatoring in that the cracks 

extend all the way through the coating to the underlying 

surface. Subsequently, the coating ma· separate from the 

edges of the crack and curl outward without widening 

caused by contraction of the coating. On wood the cracking 

may occur at right angles to or parnllel with the grain. 

Moisture enters throuo-h the era.ck works under the paint 

film, and causes scaling. Cracking and scaling usually take 
116 Building M ate,·iaz . ., and Structures Reports 

place when a paint has very little el3:sticity,_ partic~larly 

when a thick coat builds up (see Chalkmg) with contm_ued 

repaintings. Certain paints are inclined to fail by crackmg, 

curling, and scaling, whereas others fail by moderat~ chalking with or without checking. A surface on which the 

paint fails by moderate chalking is the least serious type 

of paint failure and the most economical for repainting. 

Before repainting, the safest plan is to remove all scalmg 

paint by burning and scraping off. Ifsome of the old paint 

is not remoYed, it will eventually scale off, taking the new 

paint with it. The degree of scaling of paint depends on 

the kind of wood to which the paint is applied. For example, a paint that fails normally by cracking and scaling 

may exhibit this defect to a minimum extent on a wood that 

holds paint well, such as western red cedar and reclwood. 

'\Yhen applied to a wood that <loes not hold paint well, for 

example, southern yellow pine and Douglas fir, the paint 

may exhibit this defect to the maximum extent. 

8. CRAWLING 

Crawling is the tendency of a paint or varnish to form 

a discontinuous film by drawing up into drops or globules 

shortly after application and results from surface tension 

caused by either the surface or the paint. Oil paint applied 

at room temperature over a cold or greasy surface may also 

cause crawling. Others causes are the application of a 

glossy coat of paint over a fresh glossy coat, particularly 

when an outside house paint contains an excessive amount 

of linseed oil; the application of paint or varnish over previous coats that are not hard and dry ; the presence of moist 

finger marks on a surface prior to varnishing; the mixing 

together of various brands of varnish; the use of varnish 

that has become thick and viscous; the presence of a thin 

film of wax on the surface left by the use of liquid paint 

removers; the application of paint in cold or foggy weather. 

The remedies for many of the above causes are the elimination of the e conditions. It is best not to apply paint or 

Tarnish in cold, foggy, or damp weather; undercoats should 

be thoroughly dry before applying subsequent coats; if the 

undercoats are glossy, they should be sandpapered. Rubbing the surface with turpentine and steel wool before 

~pplying the paint is heJpf~. If the paint seems to be subJect to crawlmg, brushmg 1t thoroughly into the surface 
Paint 111anual 11'7 

may correct the trouble. If such is the ca e the application 

of paint by spraying will aggravate the defect. 

9. "FADING" OF COLOR 

Most paints change color on prolonged exposure to the 

weather. This may be a true fading of color but generally 

it is the result of either a chemical change in the pigment 

on exposure to the 1reather or exce iYe chalking of the 

paint. Some paints chalk une-,enly. which re ult in a 

blotchy effect on the color, particularly in dark gray . Other paints chalk evenly and self-clean them elves evenly. 

This is the preferred type of "fading' of color. Blotching 

or so-called fading of color occurs in pots where the porous 

surface has not recei ,eel sufficient coats of paint or a suitable primer. This is one of the reasons why Federal Specification TT-P-25 ,rns made available to cover an exterior 

wood primer. 

The so-called fading of color of paint on interior plaster 

because of "hot spots" in the plaster ("lime burning") is 

really due to the variable suction or poro ity of the pla ter. 

Thus, unpainted plaster should be primed with a suitable 

primer (for example, Fed. Spec. TT-P-56) before applying 

subsequent coats of oil paint. 

The change in color of outdoor paint may be caused by 

dirt. Some paints hold dirt whereas others tend to shed 

the dirt by chalking (' self-cleaning..). If too much oil is 

used in paint, it -will hold dirt. For example if three paints 

are made of white lead, u ing 100 lb of white-lead pa te in 

each paint with the addition of 3 gal of lin eed oil in paint 

No. 1, 4 gal of oil in paint No. 2, and 5 gal of oil in paint 

No. 3, on exposure to the weather paint No. 3 will collect 

the most dirt and paint No. 1 the lea t. ,.\..n exterior white 

paint that remains unusually clean is one meetinrr Federal 

Specification TT-P-:1:0, type 1 Cla s B. 

Paint containing lead pigment will di color if there is 

hydrogen sulfide in the atmo phere. The di coloration appears as a browni h or grayi h film becan e of the formation of lead sulfide. Thi discoloration may be ' bleached 

out ' with hydrogen peroxide. 

Mildew generally forms in black plotche on n paint fibn, 

causing an unsicrhtly change of color. This condition js 

fairly common in the south. Commercial fungicides for the 
118 Building Materials and Structures Reports 

prevention or retarding of mildew are now available m 

paste form to be added by the user. 

Copper and bronze fly screens cause unsightly discolo:ation on white and light-tinted paints. The discoloration 

is a re ult of corrosion products from the copper or bronze 

and may be avoided by varnishing or painting the screens 

before corrosion takes place ( see fig. 12). 

10. LOSS OF GLOSS 

On outdoor paints the first sign of weathering is loss of 

glos followed by chalking. Doubtle s, both are clifferent 

aspects of the same defect and are brought about by the 

same cau e. Gloss is produced by an excess of oil or other 

binding material (linseed oil or varnish) and forms :t 

smooth, glass-like film on the surface. Air, moisture, and 

sunlight cause these organic binding materials to deteriorate 

rapidly resulting in loss of gloss. Among other conditions 

causing loss of gloss are lnadequate preparation of the surface; insufficient drying time between coats; painting in cold 

weather particularly if there is a sudden drop (20 degrees 

F) in temperature during the fall or winter months before 

the paint has dried; incorrect use of paint removers and 

alkaline cleaners on paint· or exposure of the :freshly painted 

surface to fro t, fog, or moisture. ·when there is a possibility of dew or frost, the application of paint should be 

di continued early in the afternoon. 

11. RUNNING AND SAGGING 

Running and sagging may ocur when the paint contains 

too much oil or is applied too freely. If an old paint surface is too glossy, the :fresh paint may show sagging. A 

method of test :for running and sagging of a red lead paint 

is given in Federal Specification TT-R-191a. A method 

of te. t for the agging of red enamel is given in Federal 

pecification TT-E-531a. 

12. TACKINESS AND SLOW DRYING ­

s P?inted out under "alligatoring," each coat of paint ~>r Yar11;1 h sho~1kl dry firm and hard before a sub equent coat 1 applied.. Dirt and mildew may collect on paint that dries 

t~tcky 01: h~ky. Slo.w drying may be can ·eel by (1) in uffi­

~ient .drier m .the pamt or varnish, ( 2) the use of poor qual1ty Im eed 01] (3) too liberal application of paint, ( 4) 
Paint Man-ual 119 

~he application of paint or varnish over an undercoat that 

1s not dry, ( 5) the application of paint or varni h duri.J.10' 

damp, wet, or foggy weather, and (6) the application of 

paint during cold weather. Dark-colored paints such as 

black (Fed. Spec. TT-P-61a) and green (Fed. pee. 

TT-P-71a) dry more slowly than white and light-tinted 

paints. If there is insufficient drying time between coats, 

the topcoat may lose its gloss, alligator, and even crack and 

peel on prolonged exposure to the weather. Wax on the 

surface is a common cause of tackiness and slow drying. 

Certain kinds of paints and varnishes lose dr3ing power 

if stored too long in the original containers. This happens 

more :frequently to the "fast-drying" types of enameL and 

varnishes than to the older types of paints. Therefore, if 

there is a possibility that paint is old stock, its drying time 

should be tested before use. If the drying power ha been 

lost, a little paint drier should be added to restore it. 

13. WASHING 

Washing is the leachinO' out of the soluble part o·i a picrment in a paint during rain storms. -washing ometimes 

occurs when a. paint contains a pigment that i either watersoluble or is converted from a water-insoluble to a watersoluble material through chemical action as the result of 

weathering. 

14. WRINKLING 

When a paint is applied too liberal1y, particularly during 

cold, damp weather, the top of the fibn urface drie fir t, 

leaving the paint beneath this skin soft. The result is that 

the finished surface has a wrinkled appearance ( see fig . 16 

and 22). To avoid this each cont of paint hould be well 

brushed out in a skilled ma1mer, e pecialiy during cold 

weather. Also it may be advi able to add a mall amount 

of turpentine ( about 1 pint to the gallon of paint ) to overcome this tendency. ·when pain6ng in cold weather ( 45° 

to 50° F), the weather foreca t.. hould he eon~u1tetl daily. 

'When a marked drop in temperature (20 deg-ree F) i pre­ dicted for the evening of the day that paint i to be applied, 

painting sl10uld be discontinued early in the afternoon. In 

nny event, paint should be applied between the honr.· of 

10 a. m. and 3 p. m. during cold weather. 
120 Building Materials and Structures Reports 

FrcmE 3.-South and east sides of 1n,ilding show paint cracking and 

scaling at gable end of building. 

Paint is about 4 years old and is applied o,er southern yellow pine. Protec­ tion is given paint by overhanging eaves, which keep off direct sunlight and rain. 

I•'HWRE 4.-Rame building as figure 3, showing north and west sides. 

l'aint gPnerally fails wor ·e on . outh and ea::;t sillP.. 
Paint Manual 121 

FIGURE 5.-Wood siding on which paint has cracked and fiuked. 

Just before the photograph was taken, the area was vigorously wirebrushed. 

The remaining paint was found to be insecurely attached when spatula was slipped between the paint film and the wood. It is suggested that all old 

J!_:tint be remoYed before repainting. · 

Ii,rGU-RE 6.-Failure of pait1t orer knot. 
122 Building M ate1·ial8 and t1'Uct11,1•es Reports 

FIGVRE ,.-Close-up view of paint failure over knot shown in figure 1;. 

FIGCRE 8.-Alligatoring and crumbling of paint over resin .·trr11k 

in frame of fill srrPPn. 
Paint Alanual 123 

FIGURE 9.-Paint failu.re orb exterior wood b1tildings tlzte to 

condensation of moisture within the walls. 

Paint covering area shown on north side from water table to a little o,·l'r 

bead height, and from nortlnw ·t corner to fir t post. is in reasonably good condition. Tbe rea ·on for tlli. is that showet· batll locate(] immP<liatPly in itle ~his ai·t:>a bas metal wall covering, which acts as a vapor barrier, pre-venting <-01Hlf'ni-ation during colu weatller. Thf' peeling of the paint on the rest of building developed after first winter of service. 

FIGURE 10.-TypicaZ discoloration of pafnt due to mildC:11'· 


Befot·e repainting, surface should be scrubbe_d ~1th water containmg ·om" 


alkaline cleaner, for 1i1xample, trzsodmm phosphate. 


66045 • -·!J - 9 
12-l Building 111aterials and Stmctures Reports 

Frau.BE 11.-Typicai checking pattern of paint on the oittside 

of building after ,5 years of service. 

FIGURE 12.-Discoloration of light-colored paint underneath 

fly screens, due to the corrosion of the soreens. 

~creen wire should be painted to avoid this troubl1>. 
Paint 111anual 125 

FIGURE 13.-Rot on painted wood sidino of a building. 

i-:urfacp . hould not bP repainted until Ridinl? if: rPplaced. • forP import11nt. the l'>ai<i<' stnwtural fault <'am;illl? tlw trouhlP :,.houl<l hP JoratNl. In this '':lf; it was due to inadequate tla ·hing at juuctiou of roof and sidewalls. 
126 Building 111ate-rials and Structures Reports 

FIGURE 14.-Illustration of l!oi'' pafnted 1cood starts to 

decay around a hinge, which holds water. 

FIG"FRE 1:i.-Close-up vieic of cracking, curling, anil scaling 

of paint on southern yellow pine. 
Paint 111anual 127 

FIGURE 16.-Wrinkling of paint. 


,,rinkling occurred during application of paint and till hows nftPr 3 


years of exposure. 
12 :-. Building JIaterial.'J and Structures Rrports 

"'" 

biJ 

c .;: -.:: ~ ~ '@ 

t C. 

3 0 

r:: $

i=. 

!;.., 

~ T. 

...., t :::: t ~ ,:. 

l:t 

s=: '::l 

-~ 8 

~ 

~ ~ E-, 

I 

a,-: C ,...., :... 

C, 

~ ;:::

0 

$ ~ 0

f;. .: 

~ 

I 
Paint 111anual 129 

FIGURE 18.-Serious peeling of paint. 

Peeling is particularly noticeable at corners. It wa caused by rollN·tion of water behind certain parts of siding, probably the result of conueni-ati on in winter. At ground level the building is poorly yentilated. 
i:~o Buildh,g 1llataial.· and 8trurtu,·e.~ Report.J 

FrGt"RE l<J.-Dctails of paint crncking on <'J'f<'rior of '1.f'O()(l 1J11ilclinr1. 

F1«rm; 2().-Fnilure of paint orer a knot t1iat had been sh<'l1ackccl 

prio1· to painting. 
Paint 131 illanual 

J,'rorP.E '21.-Satisfacton, nppearnncw of J)(fint on si<le of 1milflin:·. 

e:rcept orer a /<'IP boarcl.i;; of s111n111f·r ,rood. 

The~f! boards will always give trouble nml .·hould 11f• re[!.1.a_<'f'.,!I. 

FH:rRF! 22.-Paint that ha.~ wrinkled soon after apvlicrrti,m. 
132 Building 111aterials and Structures Reports 

F1crr:rc 23.- Typicul alligatoring of fin,is71 coat of dark-bro1cn paint 

(soft typ(') applied orer white pai11 1 (hard type). 

Compare with figure 31. 

FrncRE 2-!.- A,Mitional c.rample of alligatoring of paint. 
Paint Lllanual 133 

FIGURE 25.-Typical example of "curling'' at edges of long paint 

cracks. 

FIGURE 26.-0hecking and crumbling of white-lead paint on 

~01tthcrn yelloic pine. 
134: Building Material.rs and Structures Reports 

FIGURE 27.-Example of alligatoring. 

.'ati!';f1wtory service may be obtained only by removing all old paint before repainting. 

F1onm 2, .-Checking, crarking, rurling, and flaking of paint on 

southern ycllo1v v;nc. 
Figure 29 is upside down, 

but the legend ia oorrecl. 

Paint Jianual 13£> 

FIGURE 29.-Blistering of paint on red-cedar sidiny. 

}-;idin,I!' on thP left was co,ered -with three coats of titanium-lead-zinc paint ; that on the right, with two coats of this paint applif'd OYE'r aluminum 

pl'imer. 

FIGURE 30.-Alligatoring of paint on fence. 
13G Building J.Uaterials and Structures Reports 

l•'mt;RE 31.­ 'l'J!J>ical alligatorin{I of finish coat of icllite paint 

type) applied ONT dark-red paint (soft type). 

Compare with figure ~3. 
Paint JIanual 137 

IX. BULKING VALUES OF PIGMENTS AND LIQUID§ 

The :foJlowfog tabulations, w·ith slight changes, are reproduced from Circular 6H7, Bulking Yalue Tables ( September 

l~-!3), is ued by the Scientific Section, National Paint. Yarmsh & Lacquer Association [18]. The standard temperature for these tables is lG.5 ° C. 

1. PIGMENTS 

The bulking values of such pig-ments as chrome green, chrome 

yellow anu iron oxides vary rather widely. If the:<e pi~ment are mied in substantial percentages in a composition, that i:-:, in <lf'PJ> 

tint.· or Rolid color., tlleir actual yalues i,;houl<l hf' ,1eti>1·mi11(><l 01· 

obtained from the produce1·. 

Al~o. the large numlier of organic colored pigment.· in U.'P vm·y 

so widely in type and bulking value that ouly a few of thf' more important ones llave been inclucle<l. 

Pigment 

Aluminum bronze, standard ....•........ 
 Aluminum bronze, lining ................ . 
 Aluminum pa te, 65% solids ............ . 
 Aluminum hydroxide ................... . 
 Aluminum silicate ...................... . 
 Antimony oxide (Sb20a) •............. · .. 


Antimony sulfide ....................... . 
 Rarium carbonate ..................... . 
 Rarium ~ulfate (barite) ............... . 
 Rarium . ulfate (hlanc fixe) ............ . 
 Basic lead carbonate ................... . 
 Basic lead sulfate ...................... . 
 Black iron oxide ....................... . 


Rlue lead ................ · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 
 admium red lithopone ................. . 


Cadmium yellow ................... · . · · · 
 Calcium carbonate (chalk) ............. . 
 Calcium sulfate, anhydrous ............. . 
 Calcium sulfate,.hydrated .............. . 
 Carbon black .......................... . 
 Clay (kaolin) ......................... . 
 Chrome green, light .................... . 
 Chrome green, medium ................. . 
 Chrome ~reen, dark .................... . 


Chrome oxide ..................... · · · · · · 
 Chrome oxide, hydrated ................ . 
 Chrome yellow ....·.................... . 
 Chrome orange .................. , · · · · · · 
 Chrome oran(Te, molybdate ............. . 
 Cobalt blue .......................... · . 
 Copper bronze powder ...... . .. . ..... . .. . 


Gallons 

per 

pound 

0.0471 

.04- 0 

.0 16 

.03!)!) 


.0462 


.020!) 


. 0230 


.0277 


.0270 


.027;') 


.017 


.01 


.02M 


.0177 


.0270 


.0277 


.04-43 

.04-06 


.0511 


.0671 


.0:162 

.023-! 

.0206 

.0364 

.0235 

.0332 

.0207 

.0177 

.0207 

.0313 

.0150 

Pound. 

per 

gallon 

21.24 

20.83 

12.23 

25.07 

21.66 

47.90 

38.6:> 

36.07 

37.07 

36.32 

5~23 

;';3.31 

39.32 

56.64 

36.00 

36.1.'.5 

22.49 

24.63 

19.58 

14.91 

21.66 

42.6.5 

33.82 

27.49 

42.48 

2 .41 

4 .31 

n6.&i 

4 .31 

31.00 

66.64 

Rpeeific: 

gravity 

2.55 

-.rm 

1.47 

3.01 

2.60 

fi.7:-i 

4.H-1 

4.3H 

4.-t.i 

4.3B 

6.7.) 

6.40 

4.72 

6. 0 

4.-14 

4.34 

2.70 

2.!):i 

2.3:5 

1.7!) 

2.<lO 

5.12 

4.06 

3.30 

5.10 

3.41 

;', 0 

6. 0 

5. 0 

3.83 

.00 
• • 

Gallons Pounds 

per per Specific Pigment pound gallon gravity 

Cuprous oxide . . . . . . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . . 0.0207 48.23 G.7B 

Diatomaceous earth • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • • .0520 19.24 2.31 

Gold brnnze powder • . • . . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • .0150 66.64 8.00 

Graphite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • • • . . . . . . . . . . • . • .0541 18.49 2.22 

Guignet's green . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0352 28.41 3.41 

Han a yello,v . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0811 12.33 1.48 

Indian red (98% F~03 ) • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • .0235 42.57 5.11 

Iron blue (pru sian) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .06:'i6 15.24 1.83 

Iron oxide hlack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • .02n4 39.32 4.72 

Iron oxide, red or brown, 97% Fe.i03 • • • • • .0235 42.57 5.11 

Iron oxide, red or brown, 70% FePa . . . . . . .0202 34.64 4.11 

Iron oxide, red or brown, 40% li'e20 3 • • • • .032!) 30.40 3.65 

Iron yellow, natural . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0363 28.32 3.40 

Iron yellow, synthetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0304 32.!)0 3.93 

Kaolin (clay) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . .0462 21.GG 2.60 

Lampblack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0674 14. 3 1.78 

Lead, metallic (90 :10 paste) . . . . . . • . • • . . • .0250 39.98 4.80 

Lead, titanate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . • . . . .0164 60.9 7.32 

Li tharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0127 78.64 9.44 

Lithol red ....................... , . . • . . . .076~ 13.08 1.57 

Lithopone, regular . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . • . . . . .027!) 35.82 4.30 

Lithopone, titanated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . .0282 35.40 4.2f> 

:\IagneRium carbonate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .06f',3 lfi.08 1. 1 

~Iagn 'ium . ilicnte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0421 23.74 2.(:; 1\lercuric oxide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0107 H2. 0 11.H 

l\letamc brown .................•... , • . . .0304 3~.00 3.f);j l\lica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0424 23..>7 2. 3 

1\Iineral hlack . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . • . . . . . . • . • . . .0480 

)lolyhdate orange ................ , . . • . . • .0207 48.31 5. 0 

20. 3 2.50 

24.66 2.06 cbre ..........•...•............. ; . • . . • .0406 

Orange mineral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . .013G 73.53 8. 2

Para red . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . • • .0811 12.33 1.48

Para red (15% on CaC03 ) • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • .0494 20.24 2.43 Para reel, chlorinated . . . . . . . . . . • . . • . • • . . • .0770 12.09 1.56 Pari.· green ...................•..•. , • . . • .0371 26.99 3.24 Phthalocyanine blue ..•..•...•.••• , . • • . • • .0770 12.99 1.56 Phthalocyanine green . . . . . . . • . . . • • • • • • • • .0507 16.74 2.01 

Pru ian blue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • • . • • • • • .0656 rn.24 1.83 Red lead .. .................... , ..••••• , .0136 
 73.53 8.82 Sienna, burnt . . . . • • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . • • • .0326 30.6..5 3.6 ."'ienna, ra,v . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . • • • • • • • .0365 27.41 3.29 'ilica, quartz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . • .04f>3 22.07 2.6;"'i ilica, <1iatomaceous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . • . .0-20 19.24 2.31 late flour . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • .0429 23.32 2. 0 Talc (magnesium silicate) . . . . . . . . . . . • • . • .0421 23.74 2. 5 Titanium-barium (25%) anata~e . . . . . . • . . .0270 3;>.82 4.30 Titanium-barium (30%) anatase . . . . . . . . . .0283 35.31 4.24 Titanium-calcium anata. e . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . .0384 26.07 3.13 Titanium-calcium, rutile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0360 27.07 3.25 'l'itanium dioxide, anatase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0309 32.32 3. Titanium dioxide, rutile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0286 35.00 4.20 Titanium-magnesium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0387 25.82 3.10 
Paint .iVanual 

Pigment 

Toluidjne red .........••.••....•..•..... 


'.l.'uscan red ............................ . 
 Ultramarine blue ...................... . 
 Cmber, burnt .......................... . 
 Umber, ra,v ............................ . 
 Van dyke brown ........................ . 
 Yenetian red (40% Feii03 ) ••••••••••••••• 


Venetian red (20% Fe20 3 ) •••••••••••••••• 


Wl1ite lead, carbonate .................. . 
 White lead, sulfate ..................... . 
 Whiting ..........................•..... 
 Zinc chromate (zinc yellow) ............ . 
 Zinc chromate (tetroxy) ................ . 
 Zinc dust .............................. . 
 Zinc oxide .............................. 


Zinc oxide (5% leaded) ................. . 
 Zinc oxide (35% leaded) .............. .. 
 Zinc oxide (50% leaded) .............. .. 
 Zinc sulfide ............................ . 
 Zinc sulfide-barium ................... . 
 Zinc ulfide-calcium .................. . 


Zinc sulfide-magnesium ............... . 
 Zirconium oxide ....................... . 


2. OILS 

Gallons Pounds 

per per Specific 

pound gallon gravity 

0.0 	.-;4 11. 1.42 

.0341 2!l.32 3.fl:! 

.0313 l!}.41) 2.3-1 

.0331 30.24 3.6.3 

.03,'53 2 .32 3.-10 

.0746 13.41 1.61 

.0345 2 .9!) 3.4 .0414 24.16 2.flO 

.0178 f>6.23 6.75 

.018 :>3.31 6.40 

.OH> 22.4!) 2.70 

.0347 2.2 3.46 

. 0300 33.32 4.00 

.0170 !) . 1 7.0G 

.0214 46.6;) fi.60 

.0213 46.!) 5.64 . 0204 48.9 fi. 

. 0200 49.98 H.00 

. 0300 33.32 4.00 

.0282 35.40 4.25 

.03 7 2:5. 2 3.10 

.0360 27.74 3.33 

.0211 47.40 fl.I'm 

The :,;cope of this table will suffice for all ordinary purpose.. Patented oils are not included a · their typex are not alway~ ~tahilized. 

Oils 

Castor ........................•........ 
 Ca ~tor, dehydrated .................... . 
 Ca ·tor, dehydrated, Z 3 ....•............. 
 Cottonseed ............................ . 
 Fi h-(see also Menhaden, Pilchard, and 

ardine) ..............•.............. 
 Linseed, raw or boiled .•...............•• 
 Linseed, blo,vn ..........•.•.........•••• 
 Linseed, heat-bodied, E ......••.....•.••.. 
 Lin eed, beat-bodied, Q .................. . 


Linseed, heat-bodied, Zand higher ....... . 


L\lenhaden ..••.•...•.......•..• • • • · • · · · · 
 Oiticica, ra,v ..................•........ 
 Oiticica, liquefied ...................... . 


Perilla ................. · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 
 I>ilchard ............................... . 


• ardine ..•..•.•..•...... ·. · .. · · · · · · · · · · ,·oybean ....•.............. ·,. · · · · · · · · · · Tall ................................... . 

Tung .......................... ········ 


CTallonl-l Pounds 

per per , pPcifiC 

pound gallon gravity 

0.12:-50 8.00 0.060 

.1284 7.79 .035 

.1264 1.m .!l:i 

.12C'.> 7.70 .924 

.1201 7.75 .!IBO 

.1289 7.76 .932 

.1213 8.25 .000 

.12 7.00 .948 

.1257 7.96 .955 

.1238 8.0 .970 

.1201 7.75 .930 

.1241 8.06 .967 

.1~9 8.14 .977 

.12 9 7.76 .931 

.12 9 7.76 .run 

.1306 7.66 .om 

.1200 7.70 .024 

.1238 8.08 .970 

.1277 7.83 .940 

60045 -4;:i.-10 
140 Building Material.., and St,·ucture:s Reports 

3. SOLVENTS 

In addition to the liquids in this list, a large number are not included. Tbe solvent not included are specialties used in relatively 

.:mall amounts and it is hoped that their omission will not detract 

from the u::;efulne ·s of the table. 

Gallons Pounds 

per per Specific 

Solvents pound gallon gravity 


Acetone ............•.......••.•..•..... 0.1514 6.61 0.793 


n-Amyl acetate ................•.••...... .1380 7.25 .870 


ti-Amyl alcohol ......................... . .1380 7.25 .870 


Benzene, indu trially pure .............. . .1364 7.33 .880 


n-Rutanol ............................. . .1478 6.76 .812 


n-Butyl acetate ........................ . .1370 7.30 .87G 


sec-Butyl acetate ....................... . .1393 7.18 .862 


Butyl lactate .......................... . .1233 8.11 .974 


Carbon tetrachloride ................... . .0750 18.33 1.600 


Cyclohexanone ......................... . .1270 7.87 .945 


Diacetone alcohol ...................... . .1276 7.84 .!Hl 


Diethyl carbonate ...................... . .1232 8.12 .97;) 


Diethylene glycol monoethyl ether ....... . .1213 8.2!5 _!)!)0 


Dipentene ............................. . .1396 7.16 .860 


Ethanol, 95% .......................... . .1471 6.80 .816 


Ethanol, S.D. 1 ........................ . .1473 6.70 .815 


Ethyl acetate .......................... . .1334 7.50 .000 


Ethylene dichloride .................... . .0952 10.50 1.26 


Ethylene glycol monobutyl ether ......... . .1331 7.51 .902 


Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether ........ . .1289 7.76 .931 


Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate .. . .1233 8.11 .974 

Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether ...... . .1243 8.05 .966 

Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate .. .118!) 8.41 1.01 

Ethyl lactate .......................... . .1166 8.58 1.03 

Hexahydrophenol ...................... . .1261 7.93 .052 

Isopropanol ............................ . .l!S20 6.58 .WO 

Kero ene ...........•................... .lnlO 6.62 .795 

l\Iethanol .............................. . .1514 6.61 .793 

l\lethyl acetate ....... .... .............. . .1322 7.56 .90 

~l thyl acetone (4 % acetone, 28% methyl 

acetate, 24% methyl alcohol) ..... ... . .1444 6.92 .831 

l\lethylene chloride ..................... . .0903 11.08 1.33 

)!ethyl ethyl ketone ................... . .14!)1 6.71 .80~ 

Methyl i obutyl ketone ................. . .1499 6.68 .802 

Mineral ·pirit~~ 

Approx. di. tn. range, H>5° to 200° C .... . .1525 6.56 .787 

Approx. di ·tn. range, 180° to 250° C .... . .1477 6.77 .813 .... ·aphtha, aromatic petroleumApprox. clistn. range, 90° to 150° C.... . .1501 6.66 .800 

Approx. di:tn. range, 135° to 190° C.... . .1421 7.04 .84;-i 

Approx. distn. ran~e. 170° to 220° C .... . .1380 7.25 .870 

Naphtha, la('quer diluent ................ . .1626 6.15 .73 
 •·aplltha, solventApprox. distn. range, 180° to 155° C..... .1396 7.16 .860 

Approx. di ·to. ran°e, 150° to 200° C 

Hi-fla.·h .......................'.... . .1380 7.25 .870 


Hea. vy, ,vire enamel sol,ent .......... . .12!)1 7.75 .!)30 

Paint Manual 

Solvents 

Naphtha, V. l\I. & P.­

Approx. cli ' tn. range, 100° to 160° C .... . Nitroethane ........................... . Nitromethane .......................... . 1-Nitropropane ......................... . Petroleum spiritsApprox. dhstn. range, 15:') 0 to 200° C .... . 

Approx. distn. range, 180° to 250° C .. . 
 Pine oil ............................... . 
 Toluene, industrially pure .............. . 
 Trichloroethylene ...................... . 
 'l.'urpentine ............................ . 
 Xylene, 5° ............................. . 


Gallons 

per 

pound 

0.1603 

.1143 

.1053 

.1200 

.152:'i 

. 1477 

.1283 

.13 1 

.0 16 

J383 

.1388 

Pounds 

per 

gallon 

6.24 

8.TJ 

0.;>0 

8.33 

6.fi6 

6.77 

7.80 

7.24 

12.2!'; 

7.23 

7.21 

141 

Specific 

gravity 

0.740 

1.o:i 

1.H 

1.00 

.7 7 

. 18 

.fl36 

. 60 

1.47 

.6 

. GJ 

4. RESINS AND OTHER FILMOGENS 

Jlo. t of the synthetic resins and filmogens ( film-forming compositions) in u e today vary so widely in their bulking values that any 

attempt to cla sify them would be misleading. ~lost of them that 

have been entered have been assigned maximum and minimum value.' 

and the user of these tables should obtain the value be needs from 

the producer. 

In the few cases that have been investigated. the oh. erve<l bulking 

values of filmogens in solution differ from the calculated value·. 

A . urning no change in the hulking value of a olvent, the cellulo.ic 

filmogens occupy le s volume in Rolution than as films. The value 

for the cellulo ic filmogens given in the accompanying table apply 

to their solution in typical solvents or solvent · blends. 

Gallons Pounds 

per per Specific 

Resins and other filmogens pound gallon gravity 

A.ccroide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1000 10.00 1.20 ,;10 1.02 Alkyd .. . ................ . ............. ·1· :~~ to 
 10.00 	 1.20 .2:i !)!) A! phalt, o:xidizeu petroleum . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1213 to 

.1133 1.06

ARphalt, 1.01 steamblown petroleum . . . . . . . . . . .1~~ to ,]\n)­ 1.13 

.DH 


Candelilla wax • • • • • • . • . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . .123 


Rees,vax . . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12:iO 

.07 


Carnauba wax • . • • . • . • • . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . .1207 
 .!¥.> 


Ca ein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11:i4 
 1.04 


Cellulose acetate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .08-H 
 1...12 

Cellulo e acetate-butyrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .roo7 1.32 

Cellulo e nitrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .070-t 1.70 

Cere in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1201 T.T:i .fl3 

Chlorinated diphen:vl, 65% chlorine . . . . . . . .000 14.3.3 1.7'.? 

Chlorinated ruhbe/. . • . . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . .073;') 13.f31 l.n3 

Congo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113H ·' 3 1.0i 

Congo ester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1112 D.00 1.0 
142 JJ uildinr; M aterialx and;. 'frurtw·es Report.· 

Gallons Pounds 

Resins antl other fililloo-em; 

Cumarone .............................. Damar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . East India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elaterite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E ter gum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ethyl cellulose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gilsonite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kauri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manila ........ : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .i\lelamine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Paraffin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

per per Specific 

pound gallon gravity 

0.1112 0.00 1.0 

.1143 8.75 1.05 

.1155 8.66 1.04 

.1166 8.58 1.03 

.1062 9.41 1.13 

.1035 9.66 1.16 

.1143 8.75 1.05 

.1155 8.66 1.04 

.1000 10.00 1.20 

.1122 8.91 1.07 

.1122 8.91 1.07 

.OD84 10.16 1.22 

.1349 7.41 .sn 

8.58 1.03 Phenol-formaldehyde ................... ·{ :i5:to 
 10.00 1.20 

Pontianak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ro in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ro in, limed, 4 to 0% Ca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Urea-formaldehyde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yegetable oil pitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yinyl . . . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Zinc rosinate, 6% Zn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1122 8.91 1.07 

.1112 9.00 1.08 

.1091 9.16 1.10 

.0961 10.41 1.25 

.1177 8.50 1.02 

.090 11.08 1.33 

.1044 9.58 1.15 

5. PLASTICIZERS 

Plasticizers 

Benzyl benzoate ....................... . 
 Blown ca tor oil, Z ..................... . 
 Blown ca~tor oil, Z6 ................... . 
 Butyl acetyl ricinoleate ................. . 
 Butyl phthalyl butyl glyeollate .......... . 


Butyl tearate ... : ..................... . 
 Camphor .............................. . 
 Diamyl phthalate ...................... . 
 Dibutyl phthalate ...................... . 
 Dibutyl ebaeate ...................... . 
 Dibutyl tartrate ....................... . 
 Dibutoxy ethyl phtbalate .............. . 
 Diethyl phthalate ..................... .. 
 Dihydromethyl abietate ................ . 
 Dimethyl phthalate .................... . 
 Ethyl phtbalyl ethyl glycollate .......... . 
 )!ethyl abietate ........................ . 
 l\Iethyl phtha.lyl ethyl glycollate ......... . 
 Toluene ethyl sulfonamide ............. . 
 Tributyl citrate ........................ . 
 Tributyl phosphate .................... . 
 Trier ·yl pho ;;phate .................... . 
 Trietbyl citrate ....................... . 
 Triphenyl pho phate ................... . 


Uallons Ponnus 

per per Specific 

pound gallon gravity 

0.1002 9.41 1.13 

.1200 8.33 1.00 

.1166 8.5 1.03 

.1277 7.83 .94 . 1001 9.16 1.10 

.1396 7.16 .86 

.1200 8.33 1.00 

.1166 8.58 1.03 . 1143 8.75 1.05 

.1277 7.83 .94 

.1112 9.00 1.0 

.1291 7.75 .93 

.1072 0.33 1.12 . 1166 8.58 1.03 .1000 9.!)1 1.rn . 1016 0.8-:1 1.18 

.1177 8.50 1.02 

.00 0 10.20 1.22 

.1009 9.91 1.19 

.1143 8.7C. 1.05 

.1225 8.16 J)8 

.1017 9.83 1.18 . 10n3 9.50 1.14 . 1009 9.91 1.19 
Paint lll anual H3 

. Grateful acknowledgment is made to F. L. Browne, chemist? F?rest Product Laboratory; H . .A.. Gardner, director, 

Sc1~n~1fic Section, N~ational Paint, Varnish and Lacquer .Association; A. C. Goetz, consultant, Protective Coatings 

Brn:nch, War Production Board; N. F. Harriman, vicecha1rman, Federal Specifications Executive Committee, 

Procurement Division, Treasury Department; and B. A. 

Howes, l\faterials Unit, Technical Division, Federal Public 

Housing Authority for their technical assistance in the preparation of this manual and to Louise D. Card and Eleanor ~. Garner, of the Building Practices and Specifications Section of the National Bureau of Standards, for their painstaking effort in reviewing the entire report. 

X. LITERATURE REFERENCES 

1. REFERENCES CITED IN TEXT 

fl] Dutch Boy Quarterly 22, No. 2, p. 13 (1944). 

l2] National Leatl Co., Handbook on painting (National Lea<l Co., 

111 Broachvay, New York, N. Y.) 

(3] A. l\Iaerz and l\I. Rea Paul, A dictionary of cclor (:\le iraw-Hill 

Book Co., Inc., New York, N. Y., 1930.) 

[4] A. H. Munsell, l\Iunsell book of color (Jlun ell Color Co., Baltimore, :Mel., 1929.) 

[5] 	Color card uppleruent to U. S. Army specification 3-1, revise<l 

April 21, 1943. (Office, Chief of Ordnance, War Department, 

Washington 23. D. .) 

[6] 	Specification TAC-ES-680B. General specification for protective coating material ·, sntbetic type, September 1943. (Tank 

Automotive Center, Specification Section, Fi her Building, 

Detroit, Mich.) 

[7] 	0. L. Mantell, C. W. Kopf, J. L. Curtis, and E. l\I. Rogers. 

Technology of natural resins, p. 31-43. (John Wiley & ons, 

Inc., 1942.) 

[8) Federal pecification TT-V-9la. ( uperintendent of Document~. 

U. S. 	 Government Printing Office, Wa. hington 2.5, D. C., 5¢.) 

[OJ 	 Henry A. Gardner, Physical and chemical examination of 

paint ·, varuishe.s, lacquer:;, and colors, Eel 9. p. 34fl-46, 37!!. 

(In titute of Paint Varni h Research, 1500 Rhode falancl 

Avenue, Washington 5, D. C., 1939.) 

[10] 	Deane B. Judd and Kenneth L. Kelly. )Iethod of de i"nating 

color , J. Re earch NBS 23, 355 ( 1039) RP1239. 

{11] 	G. J. Fink, Inve ticration of whitewa hes and aqueou lime 

paints, J. Ind. Enu. Chem. 14, 503 (1922). Thi paper is the 

basis for Bulletin 304D, Wbitewa h and cold-water paint.;;. 

(National Lime A ·ociation, 927 15th St., N.W., Wa hington, 

D. C. 	 Copies free on reque ·t.) 

112] U. 	 ..... EnA"ineer Dept., :t. Loui. ·, • teel un<l masonry fixe<l .·truc­ ture:-:, stamhu·<l :--pecifkatiou for paint arnl painting. :\Inrch 

20. l!H1. (t:pper Jiississippi V:t11ey Divi:-.io11, F . '. En:..:-in ~·r 

Dept.. ~t. Louis, :\Io. ) 
lil Building Materials and Structures Reports 

[13] 	American Water Works Association standard specification (lA.5 


1940 7A.6 1940) for coal-tar enamel protective coating for 


steei water pipe. (American Water Works Association, Inc., 


500 Fifth Avenue, New York 18, N. Y., 1940.) 


[14] 	Navy Department Bureau of Yards and Docks, specification for 

bituminou · coating of steel surfaces No. 34Yb (19:13). 

(Bureau of Yards and Docks, Washington 25, D. C.) 

(15] 	Repairs and utilities manual, RU 0603.04. (Office of the Chief 

of En°'ineers, U. S. Army, Wa hington 25, D. C. This manual 

is on file at all U. S. Army posts.) 

[16] 	Safety requirements fo!· excavation, building, and construction, 

section· 8305.01 to 8306.08 ( Construction Division, Office of tlle 

Chief of Engineers, War Department, Washington 25, D. C.). 

[17] 	Paint exposure or complaint report (National Paint, Varnish 

& Lacquer As ociation, 1500 Rhode Island Avenue, N.W., 

Washington 5, D. C.). 

(18] 	Circular 667, Bulking value table , September 1943. (Scientific 

Section, National Paint, Varnish & Lacquer A sociation, 1500 

Rhode Island Avenue, N.W., Washington 5, D. C.) 

2. ADDITIONAL REFERENCES 

The following list of references gives additional information on paint and painting materials. Federal Specifications are priced at 5 cents a copy unless otherwise indicated 

in the Federal Standard Stock Catalog. Request and remittance for them and for the followincr publications where a 

price is indicated should be made to the Superintendent o:f 

Document , Government Printing Office, Washington 25, 

D. C. 

Letter Circulars and TIBM Reports may be obtained :free 

of charge from the ;.. T ational Bureau of Standards. 

(a) BUILDING MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES REPORTS 

Rona E. Pollar<l and Wilbur C. Porter, l\Iethoc1s of invei--tigation of 

~urface treatment for corro ion protection of i-;teel, NB. B~I."'8 

(1938) 10¢. 

H rm:m V". Cottony and Richard S. Dill, Solar heating of Yarious ·urfaces, •'B B.:.U 64 (1041) 10¢. 

Rolla E. Pollard and Wilbur C. Porter, Surface treatment of . teel 

prior to paintin", !{BS RU 44 (1040) 10¢. 

Cyru C. Fi:hburn and Dougla..· E. Par ons, Tests of cement-watPr 

paint' anu other waterproofing, for unit-ma ·onry wans NBS 

B)I 95 (19-!3) 15¢. ' 

Wilbur C. Porter, Painting steel, NBS BMS102 (1944) 10.¢. 
Paint .iJJanual 145 

(b) LETTER CIRCULARS 

Acid-proof coatings for concrete urfaces, NBS LC42 (1!)23). 

Bluing of iron and steel, NBS LC630 (1941). 

Care of floors, NBS LC764 (1941). 

Color charts: A descriptive list, NBS L0665 (1941). 

Color harmony, NB• LC525 (1938). 

Color and legibility, KBS LC730 (1043). 

Conservation of linseed oil in paint, NB ' LCTli (1!)-13). 

Control of humidity by saturated salt solution. , NB, LC752 (1044). 

Corrosion and protection of underground tanks and burial vault', 

NBS LC521 (1938). 

Corro ion in soils, NBS LC689 (1942). 

Dampness in masonry walls above grade, NBS LC721 ( 1D43). 

Drainpipe cleaners or solvents, NBS LC756 (1044). 

FinL hes for concrete floors, NBS LC758 (1944). 

In ide wall paint for chemical laboratories (heat- anu fume-resistin~ 

enamel paint), NBS LC489 (1937). 

Luminou. and fluore cent paint , NBS LC703 (1042). 

Out ' ide hou e painting, NBS LC603 (19-10). 

Paint, varni h, and bituminous material': Puhlication by member. of the staff of the National Bureau of Stanclarcls and a Ii t of 

Federal Specifications, NBS LC795 (194::i). 

Paint and vurni h removers, NBS LC749 (1044). 

Paintino- exterior walls of porous ma onry, NBS LCH7 (10-1-1). 

Painting Plaster, NBS LC304 (1038). 

Painting of steam and hot-water radiator , NB L -1-1;') (103;")). 

Painting Steel Potable water tanks, NB, L07.J.4 (194-1). 

PaintinO' of tructural metal ( teel, galvanized metal, tin plate, ancl 

copper), NBS LC422 ( 193-1) . Paint and other protective coatings for tire8, .KB LC700 (1042). 

Paints for swimming pool , NBS LC746 (1944). 

Poli hes, NBS LC753 (10-14). 

Protection of track- ·cale parts from corro ion, :NB, LC54 (1022). 

Protective coating for underground piping systems, XBS L 310 

(1938). 


Refinishing wood furniture, NBS LC748 (1944). 


Reflectance of paints an<l pigment , .,.'B LC-170 (1936). 


Salt-spray te ·t (for metal corro ion), NBS LC530 (In38). 


Source. of information on paint and related materials, NB.' LCu71 


(1041 ). 


Specifications for paint for u e on railroad track ~calel-, l 'll ' L< • 1 


(1V22). 

"'~pray paint.ing, r 'BS L 773 (ln44). 

Sweepinu compound (also known as "floor sweep" and "dust ilmn1'" l, 

NB, LC754 (1944). 

Te t. for nonmetallic protective coatini!S for underground pipe ·, NU· 

LC480 ( 1936). 

Wood and shingle stains, !'fBS LC464 (1936). 

(c:) SIMPLIFIED PRACTICE RECOMMENDATIONS 

Paint and varnj h bru he~. R43-2S, 5¢. 
 Color for chool furniture, Rlll-30, fie. 


Paint~, varni ·l..les, and related products, R144-13, :i¢. 

1-16 Building Materials and Structures Reports 

Color code for marking steel bars, R166-37, 5¢. 


Color marking for anesthetic gas cylinders, Rl76--41, 5¢. 


(d) TECHNICAL INFORMATION ON BUILDING MATE.RIALS 

Aluminum paints, NBS TIBiU43 (1937). 

Federal specification paint pigments and mixing formulas, NBS 

TIBM33 (1936). 

Federal specification ready-mixed paints, semipaste paints, and mixing formulas, NBS TIBl\134. ( 1946). 

l\liscellaneous paint drying oils and paint driers, NBS TIBl\145 (1937). 

Paint drying oils-linseed, NBS TIBl.144 (1937). 

Paint pigments-black, red, and lakes, NBS TIBl\131 (1036). 

Paint pigments-white, NBS TIBl\130 (1936). 

Paint pigments-yellow, brown, blue, green, and bronze, NBS TIR'.\13:! 

(1036). 

Paint for priming plaster surfaces, NBS TIBl\111 (1936). 

Painting of ferrous metals, NBS TIB1\128 (1936). 

Painting plaster, NBS TIBl\118 (1936). 

Preparation of paints from paste and dry pigmenti:;, NB~ TIR;\13;, 

(1936). 

Preparation of paints from semipaste paints, thinning ready-mixed 

paints, and preparation of water paints, NBS TIB)I36 (1036). 


, hellac, NBS TIRl\148 (1937). 


Yarnish and lacquer, NBS TIBl\147 (1937). 


Volatile paint and varnish thinner , NBS TIBl\146 (H)37). 


Wood and shingle stains, NBS TIBl\149 (1937). 


(e) COMMERCIAL STANDARDS 

Colors for sanitary ware, C 30-.31. 


Colors for kitchen acce orie.·, CS62-38, 5¢. 


'olors for bathroom acce sorie , C,~63-38, 5¢. 


Artist·' oil paint·, CS98-42, 5¢. 


XI. GLOSSARY OF SELECTED PAINT TERMS 

The purpo e of this glossary is to assist the reader in 

becoming better acquainted with the definition and expla ­

nation of a limited number o-f terms currently used in the 

fi.eld of protective coatings. No attempt has been made to 

cover the entire field. For tho"e intere ted in the definition 

of terms not included, the following references used in preparing this glossary are suggested : 

WebRter' · New International Dictionary, Second Edition, unabridged. 

,'t::uulanl Chemical and Technical Dictionary by H. Bennett. Chemic-al PublL'l1in~ Co., Inc., New York, N. Y. 

The ~ ·ational Paint Dictionary, by J. R. ~tewart. ,'tf'wart RPsf':m·h 

Laboratory, li'ranconia, Vu. 
Paint 1.11anual H7 

Fedeml ~pecification TT-P-141a, Paint, Varnish, Lacquer and Related l\laterials; General pecification for Sampling and Test 

l\lethod (20 cents, Superintendent of Document ) . 

Definition of 'l'erms Relating to Paint, Varnish, Lacquer and Related 

Product , A.S.T.:\I. Standards, 1942. Part II, .American Society for 

Testing \Iaterials. 

Acid number.-A value obtained in analysis o:f oils fats, 

etc.; the number of milligrams of potassium hydroxide 

required to neutralize the free fatty acid in a gram of the 

substance. 

Alkali-refined oil.-Drying .oil refined with alkali to reduce its acid number. 

Alkyd nsin.-A group of synthetic resins made by reactiJ1g polyhytlric alcohol , such as glycerin an<l the glycols, 

with diba ic organic acids such as phthalic, maleic, succinic, 

and sebacic. A modifying agent is generally present to 

impart certain properties. t,ome of the e agent are drying 

semidrying, and nondrying oil · fatty acids of the oils· naturn.l re ins uch as rosin; synthetic resins; and other substances. An average alkyd re in may contain, by weight, 

about 50 pel'(:ent of modifier such a lin eecl oil fatty acids, 

30 percent of cliabasic acid, and 20 percent of polyhydric 

alcohol ( see glycery 1phthalate). 

Aromatic.-Derived from or characterized by the presence of the benzene ring-a applied to a large class of cyclic 

organic compounds-mnny of which are odorous. 

Binder.-The nonvolatile portion of a paint vehicle. 

Bleeding.-When coloring material from either the woo<l 

or an undercoat work up into ucceeding coats and imparts 

to them a certain amount of color, paint is said to "bleed. ' 

Bn·tering.-Formation of bubbles on the surface of paint 

film, u ually cu.use<l by moisture behind the film. 

Bloom.-Haze or clouded effect that appears on the surface of dried enamel or yamish, affecting the gloss of the 

film. 

Bodied linseed oil.-Bodied linseed is oil that has been 

thickened by heat treating or blowing, thus increa ing the 

'body'' or consistency. It may be obtained in variou degrees of body or vi co ity, indicated on the Gardner Holdt 

scale by letters of the alphabet. 

Body coat.-Intermediate coat of paint between the priming or first coat and the finishing, or lust coat. 

Boiled linseed oil.-Raw lin eed oil that has been heated 

in the presence of metallic drying compounds. The older 
148 Building Materials and Structures Reports 

method consi ted in heating the oil by direct fire to a temperature of about 550° F, at which point oxides of metals, 

such as red lead, litharge, and manganese dioxide -were 

added. l\Iore modern methods add soluble driers, such as 

re inates, linoleates, and naphthanates of lead, manganese, 

ancl cobalt, to the oil, which is heated to lower temperatures 

than in the older process. 

Boot-topping paint.-A water- and weather-resistant marine paint u e<l on the boot-topping area of vessels. The 

boot-topping area is that area on the exterior of the ves. el 

extending :from the light-load water line to 6 in. aboYe the 

full-load water line. 

Builders' acid.-An acid prepared on the job by adding 

1 part by volume of muriatic (hydrochloric) acid to 4 parts 

by volume of water. The solution, which should be mixed 

in a wood pail and applied to the surface by 111.eans of fiber 

scrub brushes, will remove mortar stains from brick. 

Bulking i 1alue.-Yoid-free volume of a unjt weight of 

material expressed as decimal fraction of a gallon per pound. 

Oalcimine.-A wa h consisting of a mixture of whiting, 

glue, china clay, and water ( see Fed. Spec. TT-C-V6). 

C'halldng.-..\_ phenomenon of paint coatings manifest by 

loo e powder coming from the film it elf, at or ju t beneath 

the surface. 

Oonsistency.-Ilelative firmness, limpidity, body, or re istance to agitation or deformation of a coating material in 

bulk. 

Oopal,s.-.A. group of resinous substances exuding from 

various tropical trees. Copal is collected from living trees 

or is dug from the o-round as a fos il. The main sources are 

East India New Zealand, and Africa. ome of the resins 

are amber, congo, kauri, manila, Pontianak, West India 

gum, ancl zanzibar. 

C''razing.-A type of paint :failure consisting of minute 

interlacing cracks on the surface of a finish caused by unequal contraction while drying. 

Cut.-The cli persion of a certain number of pounds of 

shellac or re in per gallon o:f volatile liquid. For example, 

a 4-lb cut of hellac varnish contains 4 lb of dry shellac and 

1 gal of alcohol. 

Drier.-A. composition that accelerates the drying of oil, 

paint or varnish. Driers, u ually compounds of metals, are 

available in solid, pa te, and liquid form. 
Paint Manual 149 

Drying oil.-An o!I whi~h possesses to a marked ~legree 

the p1:operty of ren:d1ly takmg up oxygen from the air and 

changrng to a relatively hard, tough, ela tic substance when 

exposed in a th.in film to the air. 

.(tffeorescence.-.1~ ':hite powdery substance exuding from 

brick walls and sumlar masonry surfaces. Should be removed by builders' acid before surface is painted. 

Emulsifier or emulsifying agent.-Substances of a chemical nature that intimately mix und disperse dissimilar materials ordinarily immiscible, such as oil an<l water, to produce a stable finished emulsion. Thus the emu} ifier has the 

double task of promoting the emulsification and of stabilizing the fini heel product. Some examples of emulsifying 

agents are alkali soaps ( sodium oleate and ammonium 

oleate); metallic soaps (aluminum stearate and calcium 

oleate); amino soaps (morpholine); sulfated castor oil 

(Turkey red oil) ; and casein ( the natural emulsifying ao-ent 

and stabilizer in milk that keeps the butterfat droplets emulsified). 

Enamel.-A paint that is characterized by its ability to 

dry to an especially smooth, hard, glossy orsemiglo sy finish. 

Film integ'rity.-The se1·viceability of a paint coating 

may be described by (1) the appearance of the coating-: di ­ coloration by dirt loss of glo s, fading of color, ability to 

hide, chalking and checking visible from a di. tance of at 

lea t 6 ft, and (2) .film integrity: crackin()', slitting, .flakino-, 

and scaling of the film or di continuities in the .film that lay 

bare the underlying surface. 

Filmogen~.-Genera1 word for film-forming material , 

such as lin eed oil and varni h re ins. 

Foots.-S1imy mucilaginous matter that separates from 

some oils when they stand for a long period of time. 

Form lacquer.-Thin varni h or lacquer used to coat concrete forms to prevent the concrete from adhering to the 

:form . Garnet paper.- imilar to sand1)a.per, except that garnet 

sand u ed for making garnet paper 1s the same red mmeral 

as that u ed for jewelry but of more impure form and u uallv dark claret in color. 

Glazing.-Operation of setting window glass with putty. 

Also, the proce s of obtaining T~ffa:r:iy and antique deco:utive e:ffects on walls by the application of tran lucent p1gment colors-in-oil such as sienna, umber and Yandyke 

brown, thinned with flatting oil (Fed. pee. TT-0-356a). 
150 Building Materials and Structuries Repotts 

Gloss (luster, sheen).-The property of a surface by which 

it reflects light specularly. Painters use the terms high, 

enamel, or mirror to indicate the highest gloss or luster; ancl 

·emigloss, eggshell, and flat to indicate decreasing degrees 

of gloss in the order given. 

Ulyce,·yl phthalate resin ( alkyd).-A. synthetic resin of 

the alkyd group, used principally in paints, varnishes, and 

lacquers; ometimes called phthalic alkyd resin. It is made 

by reacting glycerin and phthalic anhydride. The alkyd 

resins as a group are made by reacting P.olyhydric alcohols, 

such as glycerin and the glycols, with dihasic organic acids, 

such as phthalic, maleic, succinic, and sebasic. 

Gum.-Viscous vegetable secretion that hardens but, unlike a resin, is water-soluble; name often applied in the varnish indu try to natural resins, as, for example, kauri 

'·gum." A. more appropriate term is "gum resin." 

Hiding power.-The power of a paint or paint material to 

obscure the surface to which it is applied. In Federal specifications this property is expressed in terms of square feet 

per gallon. 

Iodine number.-In the analysis of oils, fats, etc. the number of centi~rams of iodine absorbed by 1 g of the substance. 

l{aw·i 1·eauction te ·t.-A method of determining the relative flexibility of certain oleoresinous varnishes by usinj a 

solution of properly treated kauri re in in turpentine. ( ~·or 

details, see Fed. pee. TT-P-14:la, Method 415.) 

Ifrebs itnits.-Arbitrary values representing viscosity or 

consistency of paints based on tests with the Krebs-Stormer 

vi cometer. 

Lacquer.-The term indicates a coating material that dries 

by evaporation. The many types include cellulosic lacquers, 

'hine e lacquers, sanitary or tin-plate lacquers, and spirit 

lacquers for example olutions of shellac in alcohol. Cellulo ic lacquers ( Fed. pee. TT-L-5 ) are the most important 

and today, the term lacquer is applied almost exclusively to 

this type. Cellulo ic lacquers, either transparent or pigmented, contain cellulo e e ter or ethers and plasticizers, 

with or without natural or ynthetic resins as the basic filmforming ingredients. Lacquer dries rapidly by solvent 

evaporation. 

Mil.-B'nit of thickness; 1/1000 in. Used to measure the 

thickne s of paint coat . ,ronvolatile vehirle.-Liquicl portion of paint, with the 

exception of volatile thinner and water. 
Paint JJJanual 151 

. Oi~ length of varnish.-The number of gallons of dryinu 

011 with which 100 lb of resin or "gum " is heated. "Loner~ ·1" . . ' ' b 01 Yarmsh con tams 25 gal of oil or over· "short-oil ' 10 

gal or le~s ;. "medium-o_il," from 10 to 20 g~l. An exa~nplc 

of lo?g-oll 1s spar varmsh (TT-V-121b); short-oil, rubbing 

varmsh (TT-V-86); medium-oil, interior varnish (TTV-71a). 

Oil varnish.-Yarnish that contains resin and drying oil 

as the basic film-forming ingredients and is converted to a 

solid film primarily by chemical reaction (see Spar val'­

nish). 

Pai11t.-A mixture of pigment with vehicle intended to 

be spread in thin coats for decoration, protection, or both. 

Pigment.-Fine solid particles used in t]1e preparation of 

paint ,ind substantially insoluble in the vehicle. 

Pi,qment volume.-Percentage by volume of.pigment iu 

nonvolatile portion of a paint as calculated from bulking 

value and composition data. The letters PV are commonly 

used as an abbreviation. 

Plasticizer.-An ingredient added to a plastic to soften, 

increase toughness, or otherwise modify the properties. 

Plastic wood.-Mixture designed :for the repair of wood­

,vork. Consists of wood :flour, resins, volatile solvents, and 

plastic binding material such as cellulose nitrate. 

Poi8e.-The cgs ( centimeter-gram-second) unit of ab olute vi cosity. 

Polymerization.-A reaction in which two or more molecule o:f the same substance combine to form a product of 

higher molecular weight without changing the chemical 

composition of the original material. In the protective 

coating field, the term is applied to various material , includjng drj,ing oils, such as lin eed oil and tuno- oil and resins 

uoh as ro in. In mo t varni hes the oil is polymerized by 

careful heating. The pre ence phenolic re in along with 

the oil, during the varnish cooking, greatly accelerates polymerization. Such varnishes cky largely by polymerization 

rather than by oxidation. "\Tarnish films produced mainly 

by polymerization are characterized by improved wate,· re i tance and re istance to sunlight and weatherinO". ~\ 

tung oil pure phenolic re in spar varnish is a good ~xample. 

P1•imer.-The paint or analogous ub tance applied next 

to the surface of the material being painted. .A primingpaint. 
152 Building Materials and Structures Reports 

Putty.-\. kind 0£ cement used £or fa tening glass m 

sashes, stopping crevices, and similar purposes. 

Resin.-A semisolid or solid, complex amorphous mixture 

of organic compound with no definite melting point, in ~1­

uble in water. Resins are usually either partly soluble m 

alcohols, ethers, and other organic solvents or can be made 

so by heating. On heating, resins soften, melt, and burn 

with~ a smoky flame. 

Rosin.-The solid resin obtained as the re idue from tlrn 

preparation of turpentine from the crude resin of the pine 

tree. 

Saponify.-To convert a :fat or oil into sou.p by the action 

o.f an alkali. v\,l1en esters are boiled with strong bases1 

soaps are formed. Linseed oil contains the glyceryl e ter of 

linoleic acid. Thus, when a linseed-oil paint come in contact ,,ith a urface that contains stron()' alkali and water, 

such as damp concrete basement floors, the oil is saponifi.e<l 

and thus loses its bonding properties. 

ealer (size).-~\.. liquid coating compo ition, usually 

tra~sparent, such as varni h, that al o contains pigment fot· 

seah~g porous surfaces, e pecially plust r, preparatory to 

apphcat10n of finish coat . A thin va.rnish of 1 rral TTY-71a interior varni h plus 1 or 2 qt turpentine ~ f.requent~y u. ed as a "sealer" for plaster prior to appl1ca.t10!1 

of finish coat of paint. Federal pecHication TT-P-56 1s 

an example of pigmented ealer for pla ter. ,vood floor 

sealer (Fed. pee. TT- -176) is a thin Yarni. h. 

Shellac:-\ re inous material commonly known as "flake 

. hellac~' secreted by the insect Laccifer Lucca Kerr. Shellac 

1~ obtamable in two forms, "orange'' and "bleached." (Fed.

Spec. 	TT-S-271). 

par vam.i ·h.-A very durable water-resi tant varni h 

for severe e:vice .on ext'erior exposm·e. It consi t of on.e 

or more clrymg oils: for ample Jin eed tung, or dehj ­

dratecl ca tor; one or more re ins: for example ro. !n es~ei~ 

gum, 100 percent rhenolJc re in, or modi.tied phenolic .re Ill . 

one or more. v.olatile thmne1 : for example tuq)entme .

01 

petroleum p1rit ; and drier : for example linoleate. resn~­

ates, or naphthanates of lead man(J'ane e ancl cobalt. It 1 

cla sed as lon~-oil varni h ( ;e "01llenoth of varni h~'), u~1cl 

generally cons1 t of 45 to 50 (}'al o:f oil to each 100 lb of res1!1

• 

pirit i•ar·ni..'ih.-.A varni l~ which is converted t a · ohd 

film by solvent evaporation. Damar Ya.mi h (Fed. ~pee. 
Paint 1lfa11ual 153 

TT-V-61) and Shellac Varnish (Fed. Spec. TT-V-Ola) 

are spirit varnishes. 

preading 1·ate.-The amount o:f surface or area over 

·whicl~ a given volume of paint can be spread by brushing, 

sprayrng, etc. Usually expressed in square feet covered per 

gallon. 

T hixotropic paint.-The general term thixotropy is the 

property or phenomenon, exhibited by some gels, of becommg fluid when shaken. The change is reversible. Thixotropic paint applies particularly to the field of interior flat 

wall paints. l\fany paints of this type po ess marked rigidity like the texture of whipped cream, when not di turbed, 

but become highly fluid when the paint is stirred and 

remains so for an appreciable time. After cessation of a 

mechanical disturbance, such as stirring of the paint er of 

putting the brush into the paint, rigidity slowly develops 

again. These are known as thixotropic paints. Thi rheological property is of practical significance a regards storage, application, and film properties of the paint. 

Trim enamel paint.-A subllivision of surface coatings 

known as house paints, differing from ordinary house paint 

body colors by :faster drying by having more glo , and by 

showing fewer brush mark . J>rincipally de igned for use 

on trim screens, and shutters. (Fed. pee. TT-P-71a, 

amendment 1) . 

Two-coat paint system.-A. sy. tern dev·eloped for paintin<Y new exterio1· woodwork that consi ts of pecial primer and fini h paint for application in relatively thick coat . 

After two coats have been applied evenly and allowed to 

dry, the thickness of the c~mting for good d~U'ability shou~cl 

be about 0.00-!5 to 0.0055 m. (4¥2 to 516 mil ) . To obtam 

such a thjcl"'Tle s, the primer should be spread at approximately -!50 ft2/gal und the fini~h ?oat at 550 ft 2

/ gal. 

Varni.sh.-A homogeneou hqmd p:enerally compo ed of 

resin, drying oil, volatile thinner, mu~ drier. "'\Yh~n 3:pplied 

in a thin layer and expo ed to the air, the varm h 1s converted to a tran parent or tran lucent olid film. 

VeMcle.-The liquid portion of a paint. 

Visco. ity.-Internal :friction of a ~uid; re. i~t:mce to.flow; 

opposite of fluidity. ;For ~xample_. l~n~eecl 011.1 more v1.scous 

than turpentine; bodied 1m. eed_01l 1 more YI ou~ than :r:aw 

linseed oil. An important phy 1cal property of 011 varnish, 

and lacquer. 
154 Building 111aterials and St-ructures Reports 

r olatile thinne1-.-The liquid portion of a paint, excert 

water, which is volatile in a current of steam at atmospheric 

pressure. 

Zinc oxide and leaded zinc oxide.-Zinc oxides covered 

by Federal Specification TT-Z--301 contain practically no 

lead. Leaded zinc oxides covered by Federal Specification 

TT-Z-321 are produced from ores containing lead and may 

contain from 7 to 40 percent of material other than zinc 

oxide, which is generally basic lead sulfate. The material 

is really a mixture of zinc oxide and basic sulfate white lead. 

Xll. LIST OF FEDERAL 9PECIFICATIONS 

As this publication goes to press, the :following is the 

latest li t of Federal Specifications pertaining to paint and 

related material . 

Federal specifications may be obtained from the Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, ,, a hington 25 D. C., for 5 cents each (no stamps), except 

TT-P-141a :Methods of sampling and testing, 20 cents. 

Federal pecifications Index, Part 1 of Federal Standard 

tock Catalog Section IV may be obtained from the Superintendent of Documents, W ushington 25, D. C. Price, 25 

cents. 

,, cetone ......•...•••..0-A-5la 

Aluminum pigment 

{powder and pa te).TT-A-468 --, varnish for ......TT-V-81a 

A-;phalt primer .......SS-A-701 --roof coating ..... S~R-451 -- varni h .........TT-V-51a 

Benzol ..............VV-B-231 

Bituminou · plastic 

cement ..........•..S, C-153 

Black enamel ........TT-E-5~ 

----. heat re ·i ting .........•.TT-E-496 

Black paint, carbon ...TT-P-6la ---- , graphite.•..TT-P-27 

Blue lead, dry and 

in oil ..............TT-B-486 ----, paint. ......TT-P-20 

Bone black, dry ••..•..TT-B-000 ----, paste-in-oil.TT-P-381 

Calcimine .••.•••••••..TT-0-96 

Oalking compound •...TT-C-508 

Carbon black, dry .....TT-C-120 ----: pa ·te-in-oil.TT-P-381 

Casein paint, exterior..TT-P- 22 ----, interior....TT-P-23u 

Cement-wate1· paint •.. TT-P-21 

Chrome green, dry ...TT-C-235 ----, paste-in-oil. TT-P--381 

Chrome orange, dry ...TT-C-290 ----, pa te-in-oil.TT-P--381 

Chrome oxide, dry ...TT-C--306 ----, paste-in-oil. TT-P-381 

Chrome yellow, dry ...TT-C-290 ----, paste-in-oil.TT-P-3 l 

Cold-water paint, 

exterior ......•......TT-P-2:.? 

interior ......' ......TT-P-23a 

Concrete and ma onry 

paint ...............TT-P-24 

Copper phthalocyanine 

blue ...............TT-C-610 

Damar varnish •..•....TT-V-61 

Drier, liquid paint ..T•-D-651a 

Drum-coating enamel. .TT-E-485 

Eggshell interior 

paint ..............TT-P-51a 

Paint Jlanual 155 

Emulsion paint .......TT-P-88 Metallic brown, Enamel, see under color paste-in-oil .•••••.TT-P-381 or type l\Iethods of test......TT-P-141a 

Exterior paint ........TT-P-40 

-- primer for wood ..TT-P-25 -- varnish (spar) .. TT-V-121b 

Filler, pa te wood ..TT-F-336a 

Flat interior paint ...TT-P-5la 

Floor paint, rubber 

base ................TT-P-91 ---- , varnish 

ha e ...............TT-P-146 

Galvanized iron 

primer ......•...•..TT-P-641 

Gold-leaf ......•.....QQ-G-566 

Graphite paint ........TT-P-27 

Green paint .........TT-P-7la 

Heat-resi ting enamel. TT-E-496 

Hom~e paint, white and 

tints ...............TT-P-40 ----, see under color or type 

Indian red, dry ......TT-I-5lla ----, paste-in-oil. TT- P-381 

Interior enamel .....TT-E-506a 

Interior cold water 

paint ..............TT-P-23a 
 -- emulsion paint...TT-P-88a 
 --flat paint .......TT- P-51a 
 -- one-coat flat paint. TT-P-47 
 -- varnish .........TT-V-7la 


IntE>rnational orange 


paint ...............TT-P-">9 


Iron blue, dry ........TT- I- 677 
 - - --, pas;te-rn-oil.TT-P-.181 


Iron oxide, black, dry ..TT-I-698 
 ----, briaht red, 


dry ...............TT-I-511a 


pa te-in-~il ....... : .TT- P--381 ----, brown, dry ..TT- I-702 

Iron oxide paint.....•TT-P--31a 

Lacquer, spraying .....TT- L-58 

Lacquer, thinner ......TT- T-266 

Lampblack, dry ...... .TT- L- 70 

--, paste-in-oil ......TT-P-381 

Lea<l-zinc-titanium 

paint ..•.........•..TT-P-40 

Litbopone, dry .......TT-L--126 

Lusterie-·s olive drab 

enamel ............TT- E-.514 


l\Iif.leral spirits .......TT-T-~01 

l\Iineral red iron oxide, 

dry ...............TT-:ll-381 

i\Iineral red iron oxide, 

paste-in-oil .........TT-P~ 1 

l\Ii:x:ing varnish for 

aluminum .........TT-V-81a 

Olive-drab enamel 

lusterless ..........TT-E-51-! ---- exterior 

paint ...........••.TT-P-81a 

Ocher, dry ...•..•••..TT-0-121 --, paste-in-oil .••..TT-P-381 

Oil, flatting .........TT-0--356a --, linseed, boiled ...JJJ-0-331 --, --, raw..•..JJJ-0-336 --, ---replacement ..............TT-0--371 --, soybean ..•••..JJJ-0-3-18 --, tung........••.JJJ-0-353 

Orange paint, international ............TT-P-59 

Paint, see under color or type 

Pigments, paste -in-oil. TT-P--381 

Plaster primer .......•TT-P--56 

Primer, erterior wood ..TT-P-25 --, galvanized iron •. TT-P-&ll 

--, plater..........TT-P-56 

Protein base exterior 

paint ...............TT-P-2~ ----interior 

paint ..............TT-P-23a 


Pru ·sian blue, dry .. . ..TT-I- GT7 
 ----, pa,·te-iu-vil. 'l'T-P-381 


Putty, metal ·a~h 


glazing .... . ....•..TT-P-781 
 --, wood sa 'h 


glazing ...........TT-P-'iOla 


Radioactive luminous 


compound ....•..•..TT-R-5 

Red enamel ........•TT-E-53la 

Red lead, dry and 

pas;te .............TT-R-lOla 

Red lead paint...•..•..TT- P fi 

Remover ........•..TT- R-2;-1a 

Rubbing rnrni~h ••..•.TT-V 

ealer, floor, lacquer 

type ........••..•..TT- - 1Tl 

Shellac, orange •..•••.TT- -2Tl 

l\fagnesium silicate ..•.TT-1\1-90 • hPllac varni h .••...TT-V--Oln .. fasonry paint ........TT- P-24 Shel1ac Varni h 

lUetallic brown, dry ...TT-.:\I-251 Replacement ....•..TT-V- 130 

66043 ° ~ 11 

6 
-- ------

156 Building Materials and Structures Reports 

Sienna, raw and burnt, 

dry ..•.•••••••.••••TT-S-346 

pa~te-in-oil ••••••'••.TT-P-381 

Spirit varnish ••••••..TT-V-130 

Stain, exterior •••••..'IT-S-706 --, interior•••••••.•TT-S-711 

Stencil paint ..••••••..TT-P-98 

Testing methods •.••.TT-P-Hla 

Thinner, lacquer ••...TT-T-266 --, paint.....•..•..TT-T-291 

Titanium dioxide .....TT-T-425 

Titanium-lead-zinc 

paint .......•.......TT-P-40 

Toluidine red •.......TT-T--562 

Traffic paint .....•....TT-P-115 

Turpentine, gum 

spirits ........•••.TT-T-791b --, steam distd. 

wood .............TT-T-Wlb --, destructively distd. 

wood .......••....TT-T-702a 

Ultramarine blue, dry. TT-t.T-4:-iO ----, pa te-in-oil. TT-P-381 

Umber, raw and burnt, 

dry ................TT-U-481 

p~te-in-oil ••••••'•..TT-P-381 

Varnish, aluminum •••TT-V-81a 

Varnish, asphalt ....TT-V-51a --, damar •.........TT-V-61 --, e:xterior ••.•...TT-Y-121b --, interior •..•...•TT-V-71a --, rubbing •..••.•..TT-V-86 --, shellac •.....•..TT-V-91a --,spar •....•••..TT-V-121b --,spirit ...•......TT-V-130 

Venetian red, dry .....TT-V-226 ----, paste......TT-P-381 

Wax, floor, solvent 

type ...............P-W-134 --, --, water 

emulsion ..........P-W-15la --, general purpose .. P-W-158 

Wl1ite lead, ba ic 

carbonate ........TT-W-251b ---~ -­ sulfate '...........TT-W-261a ---- paint. .....•.TT-P-40 

Yellow exterior paint ...TT-P--53 

Yellow iron oxide, dry. TT-Y-216 

------, pastein-oil ..............TT-P-381 

Zinc du t-zinc oxide 

primer .............TT-P--641 

Zinc oxide ...........TT-Z-301 ----, leaded.....TT-Z-321 

Zinc yellow ••........TT-Z-415 

The following Federal Specifications are in preparation 

but are not approved or printed as yet: 

Ink· stencil (TT-I-558 and 550). 


Paint; luminou , nonradioactive. 


Paint: semig'los , wall, interior (TT-E-:508). 


Primer; paint, iron-oxide (for motor vehicles). 


Shellac (revision of TT-S-2Tl). 

Paint .,]Janual 157 

INDEX 

Page 


A~:~rumber .........••......•.....•......Glossary ......... . 147 


Alcohorn(soi,:ent 0fo~. sbeilac .. : '..:: ..•...... • ................ • • 
 112 


Alkali-refi~ed oil .........>•.. : . . ::::::::.'."."Gio· s~y:::::::::: 54: 


147
 !fh~~t;1~i~i;:s .......•......................<;los~arJ· ......... . 147 


112
 Alu111inu1u: .. · · · • · · • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ~ · · · · · · · · · · · · 

Paint, application to: 

22 


21 


92 


49,50
 i~*~~b~:··\6\+::::::::•:•::•::•:•:}fat:::::::::: 22 


Application of painting materials to : 


81 


86 


81 
 iw.~~;·:;t,/.: • ;: ; i. i: ; i:- :i; ii::. :i. i:;•ii 91
 i:iiiiii :i 
 81 


'teel submerged in water ................................•. 02 


Ar~~fic. ·:::::::::::::::::::::::::.·::.·:::."G1o·s· ai·;<::::::::: 73 


147 


.A.s~b_alt: . ~ • 
 154 


~~~~e~o:iting.::: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :~titl~i: : : : : : : : : : 72 


Varnish •.•••••• , • , ••••.............. . . TT-,-51a .. . ...... . 48 


Rf'nzol .............•..•.............. . ..V\-B-231 . . .. .. . . . . 154 


Binder .................................. .Glossary••......•• 147 
 Bituminous plastic cement ................. :.:lS-C-133 ......... . 72 


Black: 


Enamel: 

Heat-resiting (400° F) ...........•...TT-E-490 •.••...... 39 


Pigment d (air-drying and baking) ....TT-E-521. ........ . 40 


Paint: 


Graphite, outside, ready-mixed .........TT-P-27......... . 30 


Readr-mixed ......•..................TT-P-Gla ..... . ... . 30 
 l'igments:
 Boneblack; dry (paint pigment) .....TT-B-600 ......... . 23 


Carbon black; dry (paint pi~mem J •••TT-C-120 ......... . 23 
 Iron o:dde ; black, synthetic, dry (paint
 pi1rment) ........ .... ... . .... . ..TT-I-698 ......... . 24 


Lampblack; dry (paint pigment) ......TT-L-70 ......... . 23 


rigments-in-oil •...•....•.............TT-P- 3 1 ........•. 23,24 


14, 
 11~;~~~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::8mmr::::::::: 1-17


147' 

Illue: 


Lead: 


Basic-sulfate, dry and paste-in-oil . .....TT-~86•...•...•. 20 


Ba ic-sulfate, linseed-oil, ready-mixed ....TT-P-20...•..•.•• 31 


Pigments:
 Copper-phthalocyanine blue; dry (paint pignient) ........................TT-C-610•.•....••. 24 


Iron blue; dry (paint pigment) ... . ....TT-I-677 ......... . 24 


Ultramarine blue; dry (paint pigment) ..TT-t:-4:50 ..•....... 23 


Pigment -in-oil ••.••••••••...•..........TT-P-3 1 •.•.... , •. 23 


Ilody coat .....•.••••••••••.•..•..•..•....Glo ary ......... . 147 


Boot-topping paint ••••.••••.••.•..•.... . .. Glo ·sary... . ..... . 
 14 


Brown: 


Paint, iron-oxide, ready-mixed and semipaste .••.••.• , •••.•......... . .....TT- P-31a ........ . 32 


Pigments:
 Iron oxide; brown, synthetic, dry (paint pirment) ....•......... : . . ........TT-T-iQ2 .. . · .. . . . . 
 1\leta Ilic brown· dry (pamt pigment) ... TT-l\1--->l .... . .. .. . 
 Sienna; burnt, 'ctry (paint pigment) . . ..TT-l-l- 346 . . ....... . 

158 Building 1.llateria"h; and Structures Reports 

Page Brown (Continued) : Pigments (Continued) : Umber, burnt and r aw ; dry (paint pigment) ..••. ••...... .. .. .... .•••••TT-U-481 •.•......• 23,24 Pigments-in-oil . •.. . .... ..... .. .. . . .•.••TT-P-381 • .• ... .. . . 23,24
 Bru hes, care of ..•• •. .. . . ....... . . ..•••••••••. .. .. .... . .. . 102, 103 


Builders' acid .••..•.•.. •.. . ........ . . .••••Glossary .. •. . .. .. . 148 


Bulking Talue ..... .. ... •. .. ....... . . .••••• Glossary ••... .. ... 148 


137 


caiji~~~ts ~~~- ~~~i~~- :::::.·:::.·::.·.·::::::ri±:..C"-iJii: :: :::::: : 58 


Calking compound .. .. .... . .. . . . ... .... • ••TT- C- 598 . . .. ... . . . 69 


Cement. (See Concrete.)
 Cement-water paint ... ..•............. • .• ••TT- P-21 . . . . . . . . . . 59 


Chalking • •••.• . • .. . ................ .. . .••Glossary. . . . . . . . . . 1-!8 


Checking . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • . • . • . . 115, 124 


China wood oil. (See Oil, tung.)
 Chrome : 
 Green: 


Paint ; ready-mixe<l and semipaste, ex­ terior .. . . . . .. ...............•.••TT-P-71a. • • • . . . . • . 3::» 


Pigment-in-oil ........... . ... . . ... . .. . TT- P-381 •••••. .. . . 23, 25, 26 
 Pure, dry (paint pigment) ........... ••TT-C-235 . . . . .. .. . . 23, 25 


Orange : Dry (paint pigment) ........... . ... ..TT-C-290 .. . . ...... 23, 25 


Paint; ready-mixed, international orange •.TT-P-G9... . . . . . . . 33 


Pigment-in-oil . . .. . . . .. . ..... . ...... .•TT- P-381. . •....... 23, 25, 26 


Yellow: 

Dry (paint pigment) ............. . ..•TT-C-290 •. . ....... 23,25 

Paint; outside, ready-mixed, mediumchrome-yellow •..... . .. . ..... . .....TT-P-53. . . . . . . . . . 33 


Pigment-in-oil ... . ....................TT-P-381 .......... 23, 25, 26 
 Chromium oxide green:
 Pigment-in-oil ........ . .... . . . . . . . ......TT-P-381 ....... . . . 23, 25, 26 
 Cold-water paints. (See Paints, water.)


Colors-in-oil, for paint. (See Pigments-inoil.)

Comments: 

General ..• .. •..... . ..... . .......................... . ... •• On indi'f"i<lual materials ......... . ...................... . . • Composition : 
 By volume ••••........ . .. . . ... ........................ . .. G, 7 
 By weight •... • ............................... . ... . . . ... •• 6, 'j 


Concrete: 


Application of painting materials to ............ . ......... . . 
 Paint for: 


Concrete and masonry, exterior, egg­
 shell-finish, rearty-mixed, white and 


tints ........ .. . . .. . ..............TT-P-2-!......... . 37 
 Rubber-base (for) c-rnwnt floors ........TT-P-91. ........ . 46,47
 Varnish-base (for concrete and wood 


floors) ....................... . ..TT-P-146.......... 45 


Preparation of surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . 81-SIJ 


§i~itris~r~.. --~-::_.:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-::_.:->:<-:-:->:-:-:-:-:-~.;:.::~:~::::::::::: \1¥ 

Copper bron~e, conting for •............. , •.••... : ..... : : : : : 1ti 


c;fJt;~gc~~t~~~~. ~~~ . : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : i 15, 120, 121i7 


Crazi~g •• •• • • . . . ... . . . ....................Glossary ... . ... _1_3_0, 133, iii 


c~iw~~!.:::::::::::::::::::: ::::::::::::::oio· ~~~-:::::::::: u~ 

D1lul'nt. (See Extender.) · 


Drier • · · · ·: · · · · · · · . · · · .. · ................Glossar:v ......... . 
 148
 Paint, liquid ••.•......................TT-D-6=>1a ......... . 
 10,11 Efflore..·('ence ... : ...... . . .. .................Glosi:iar~· ......•... 
 149
 Emul.-1fier (emuls1fymg age nt) ..............Glossary ........ .
 En~:~\ir· b~Re:............................ Glossary ....... . . : 149 


149 


Application of . ............... . 
 03-95
 ln!!truetfons nnrt prf'cnutlons for · ;i~1~· · · • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 


pling ......... . ....... . ........... . ............... . 
 107 

Paint .,Mariual 15~ 

Enamel Pnge (Continued) : Drum coating enamel ...................TT-E-1 :; ......... . 
 48 Heat-resisting (400° F), black ..•.......•TT-E-496.•.••••••• 30 Inside wan paint for chemical laboratories (fume- and beat-resisting white 

enau1el) .........................)."'TIS LC-:1- 9 .•......•• 47 Interior, gloss, light tints and white ••..TT-E-506a.••••.•••• ·H Lusterless, olh·e-drab ...................TT-E-514 ......•.•. 
 40 Pigmenteu (air-drying and baking), black.. TT-E-5:?1 ......•... 40 Tri1n .............•.........•.•.•...•..•Glossary........•• 1-1:l
 Water-resisting, red •................•.TT-E-53la.......• , . 41
 Extender ..........•••••......•..........•........•.......•• 
 Exterior paints : 
 Cement-water, powder, white and tints.....TT-P-21. .... , .... 
 59 Cold-water, powde1· (with mixing liquid) ••.TT-P-22........•• 60-H2 Concrete and masonry, egg-shell-finish, 

ready-mixed, wbite and tints ....••..•TT-P-!!4 ......... . 37,3
 Graphite, ready-mixed, black .............TT-P-27 ......... . 30
 Oil, ready-mixed, light tint and white..... TT-P-10......... . 
 27,~5 Ready-mixed and semipaste, cllrome-green. T'l'-P-71:t ......... . 
 Ready-mixed, medium-cllrome-yellow ....... TT- P-fi3 ......... . 3;3
 Traffic, white and yellow ...............TT-P-115 ......... . 3 ,39 


"Fadin.!!·· of color ....•••..............•..............••.••• 117 

Failures, paint ........•.................................... 111 Ferron:,; metal : Cleaning of ......................................•....••• r, . 
 Painting of .....•...............•...•...............• , ••. 90, 1)1
 Filler, woo<l, paste ......................TT-F--33t3a .......••. 67 
 Film integrity ...•••................•••••. Glo sary......•• ,. HO 


Pilmogens ....•..•........................ Glossary ........•. H9 
 Floors: 


Concrete: 

Application of painting materia!s to ....................•• ,j 

Enan1els for ..............................•.••••••••••• ,) 

:'.\Iaintenance of ....... .................................• 86 

Paints for: 

Rubber-base ...••..................•.TT-P-01 .....•••.. 46, 8,1 


Varnish-base ...................•...TT-P-146 .......•.. 43, ,) 


Re.finishing of ..................................•.....•• 6 
 Wood: 

Paint; varnisb-ba e ..................TT-P-146 ....••..•• 43, 7 Porell ........................................•..•.•••• 7 Sealers: 

Lacquer type (for oiled wood floors) ..TT-~171. .....•.•. ~i 

Varnish type (for wood anti eork) ...TT- '-176a ....•...•• 51,52 Waxes for. (See Miscellaneous mate­ riah:.) Foots .....................................Glo sary•••...•.•• 1-1!> Forewor<l ......•...................•..•........ , .....•..•• , II Form lacquer •.••.........................GJo sary ........•. HO 

Garnet paper •..•.. , ...............•.......Glosgary ......... . HO 
 Glazing .................................. . (;Jossar., ....•..... 1-t!J 


Gloss {luster, sheen) .....................• Glossary ...••.•.•. l:iO 
 Loss of ..••....•...•..........••......... , ..•...•.... • •• ]J 

Glos ary ............................... , .... · .. , .•• •. • • ...• HH 

CTlyceryl pl1tbalate re in (alkp1) .....•......Glo ·sar.\· ....•• , •.. 1;;0 

Gold-leaf ............................•..•QQ-G-566 .••••••••• lJJ 

Grpen: Paint; ready-mixed and semipaste, exterior.TT-P-7la•••••••••• 33 

Pigments: Chrome green: pnrf', dry (paint pi~ent) .TT-C-235 ••••••.••• 23,25 

Chromium-oxide green ; dry (paint pig­

: : : : 

23, 2:.. '.?o 23 :!7 

Gu:~~~~~~:~!~'.1~ : : : : : : : : : : : : : '. : : : : : '. : : : : : : ~Jio~;~:r : : : :'. l:iO

10-1 ITaznrd. . ................. , ..... • • • • • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · • · · • • • 
 lI1>at-re:<i. ting enamels: 

Hln<'I, (4-00° F) ........................TT-E--406 .... · · .. ,. 
 White: in. ide wall paint for chemical 


laboratorie. (fume·resi ·ting) .......xn. LC-1~9 ......... . 
 Hiding power •............................ Glos ·ary . .. , ..... . 150 


30 

47 
160 Building Materials and Structures Reports 

Page 


In pection .........•...................................... 105, 108-110 


Interior: 

Enamel : Gloss, light tint~ and white ..........TT-E-f>06a ........•• Inside wall paint for chemical laboratories (fume- and heat-resisting 

white enamel) ............. . ....NBS LC489 ......•••• Paints: 

Cement-water, powder, white and tints...TT-P-21. ....•.••• Cold-water, light tints and white .......TT-P-23a.......•.. Oil, eggshell-flat-finish, ready-mixed and 

semipaste, light tints and white ....TT-P-51a ......... . Oil, one-coat-flat. heavy-bodied, light tints and white ...................TT-P-47 ......... . Surfaces: 

Masonry, concrete, and pla ter .......................... . Preparation and painting of ...••...............•........ Wood ..•......••..•.................•.... , ......•...... Introduction ..•..••...•........................... , ... , ..•.• Iodine number ............................Glossary........•. Iron, structural. (See Ferrous metals.) Iron oxide. (See Paints; oil and varnish 

vehicle, ready-mixed and Pigments.) 

Kauri reduction test .......................Glossary ....••.••• 
 Kreb · units ....••••..•.••..••............ , Glossary ....•••• , • 


Lacquer ........••........................Glossary ..•.••..•• 'praying, clear and pigmented (general 

use) •...••.•..•....................TT-L--58 •.••••••.• LPad: 

Paints: 

Blue-Iead-ba~e: basic-sulfate, linseed-oil, 

ready-mi.-.,:ed ......................TT-P-20 ..•••••••• Red-lead-base : linseed-oil, ready-mixed ....TT-P-86 ..•.•.••.. (white lead) Paint; oil, exterior, readymixed, light tints and white ......TT-P-!O......•... Pii:ments: 

Blue lead; basic-sulfate, dry and pastein-oil ...........................TT-B-486 ......•••• RPd lead ; dry and paste-in-oil ........TT- R-191a......... . White lead; ba ic-carbonate, dry, pastein-oil, and semipaste containing 

volatile thinner .................TT-W-251b ......•••• White lead: basic- ·ulfate, dry and pastein-oH ..........................TT-,V-261a •..••••••• Light tint· and '\\'bite: 

Enanwl: 

Interior, glo s ......................TT-E-506a .......••• Paint~: 

Cement-water, powder (for interior and 

exterior use) ......................TT-P-21 ... , ...••• Concrete and masonry, exterior, eggshellfinish ............................TT-P-24......•••• Exterior-primer. ready-mixed ............TT-P-25 ... , ..... . Oil, interior, eg~ hell-flat-finish, readymixed and semipaste .............TT-P-5la......... . Oil, interior, one-coat-flat, heavy-bodied ...TT-P-47 ...... , .. . Traffic, exterior, white and yellow ......TT-P-115 ......... . Lim;;eed oil. ( ee Oil.) 

Li<1uiils ................ .... , , • , • , ..... , .......... , ..... , ..• Lithopone; drr (paint pigment) ............TT-L-126 .........• )ln;?nPsiurn : 

, ilicate: dry (paint pigment) .............TT-)1-90 ......... . Treatnwnt of . ............. .... , .. , ....... .. .. , , ...• , •.... Ma onry. (, ee Concrete.) 

1\liJ •........................•••..........Glos ary ........•. )lineral spirit" (, ·pe Thinner.) 

!\lis<'f'llaneous material : 

FilJPr : wood, paste ....................TT-F-336a......... . Putty am] Pia tic compound; (for) metal- i<a,h glazing ......................TT-P-7 Ia ......... . 

41 


47 


59 


62,63 


44 


42,43 

81-86 


73-97 


73- 1 


1 
 150 


150 


150 


150 


56, 57 


31 


31 


27, 2 


20 


19, 20 


15-17 


15 


41 


59 


37, 3 


2<J 

H 

42,43 

38,39 

7-13 


1='>3 

1:';;j 

!)2 

J;;I) 

67 


6", B!) 
Paint Manual 161 

Page Miscf'llaneous Materials (Continued) : Putty/ pure lin eed oil, (for) wood-sash 

68,70 Remtv!;1

~1>aint 'and. va~nlsh.:: .':: .' .' .' .': ::ftt:m::::::::::: 71
 Wax: 


Floor, solvent type (with resin) ........P-W-134.•• , •• , ••• 71
 Floor, water emulsion ................P-\Y-151a., ...••••• 71, 72
 General purpose, solvent type, liquid and 


pa.te (for) floors, furniture ...... , .P-W-158., ..•••••• 71
 Mixing of paints: 


98 


98,100 :i;~~:(;~:::::::::::1: :1: ::::::::::1:::::::!:1:1)1 
 100


101 


Casein powder paints •.....•... , ..• , . , , .. , ...... , • , •. , •• 102 


Cement-water paints ................ , •..•.... , ..••.••• , , 101 


Dry red-lead paints ............ , ............... , , ••••• , , 101 


Ready-mixed ........................................ , .... . 98,99 


Nonferrous metals, application of coatings to ............•••.•••• 91,92
 Nonvolatile vehicle ........................Glossary..•...•••• 150 


0<'ber pigment-in-oil .............••••••..•TT-P-381 ...•....• , 23,26
 Oil: 


China wood. (See Oil, tung.)
 Drying .................................Glossary..•••••••• 149 


Flatting and mixing ............•......TT-0-356a., ••• ,, ••• 
 Lin eed: 


Bodied ............................... GJoss;lr,·. . . . . . . . . • 147 


Boiled ..•..... , ................... jJJ;!-01-331}, • ••...... 7 8 147 
 t n ossary , , 
 Raw ................................JJ.T-O- :l:a,.......... 7, 8 


Replacement .........................TT-D-371. .....•••• 12, 13, 14 


Soybean, refined .......................JJJ-D-348 ....•••••• 
 Tung, raw (China wood) ...............JJJ-0-353......... . 9 


Olive drab: 


Enamel; lusterless, olive-drab ..........TT-E-514 .....• , ••. 4/) 


Paint; ready-mixed .....................TT-P-8la ....••.••• 34, 35 


Orange: Paint; ready-mixed, international orange ...TT-P-59........•. 33,34 

Pigments: Chrome orange; dry (paint pigment) ....TT-C-290 ......• ,., '.?3. !!_:i 


Pigments-in-oil .........................TT-P-381. .......•• 23, :!J, 26 


Paints : oil and ,•arnish vehicle, ready-mixP!l ... Glossary. . . . . . . . . . l :n 
 mue-lPa<l-base ; basic- ulfate, Jin eed-oil, 


ready-mixed .... .....................TT-P-20......... . 31 


Concrete and masonry, exterior, eggshell-
 finish, ready-mixed, white and tints....TT-P-24......... . 3'i, 3 
 Exterior-primer. ready-mixed, white .......TT-P-2:i.......••. 29 
 Graphite, outside, ready-mixed, black ......TT-P-27........•• 30 


Iron-oxide, ready-mixed and semipaste, red 


and brown ........................TT-P-31a.....•.... Oil, exterior, ready-mixed, light tints and 

white ..............................TT-P-40......•..• 27, ~­ Oil, interior. eggshell-fla.t-fini h, ready­ mix1>d and semipaste, light tints and 

white .............................TT-P-51a ........• 
 Oil, interior, one-coat-flat, heavy-bodied,
 light tints and white ................TT-P-47......... . 4'.?,43 


Out. ide, ready-mixed, medium-chrome-yellow. TT-P-33 .....••... :-13 
 Plaster primer and ealer ·................TT-P-f)6 ......... . 43 


Primer, zinc du t-zinc oxide .............TT-P-641. ........ . 36 


Ready-mix<.>d and semipaste, ext rior, 


chrome-i::reen .......................TT-P-'i1a ......... . 35 


Ready-mixed, black .....................TT-P--01a ......... . 30 


Ready-mixNl, international-orange .........TT-P-59 ......... . :-13,34 


Readv-mixf>d, olive-drab .................TT-P- la......... . 34,3:i 


Red-iead-base; linseed-oil. ready-mixed ....TT-P- 6 ......... . 31 


Rubber-base, cem nt floor. . ...............TT-P-91 ......... . 4f.. 5 


Traffic. e.·tprior, white and yellow ........TT-I'-115 ......... . :;, . 39 


Varnish-base (for concrete and wood floor') .TT-P-1-HL ........ . 45, 5 

162 Buil,ding Materials and Structures Reports 

Page 

Peeling •••.••.•..••.•••••.•••••.••.••..........•.....•.••.• lH 


Pigments ...••............................Glos ary ......•• , • 151 


Dry:
 Aluminum pigment; powder and paste (for paint) .....................•TT-A-468 ......•.•• 21-23 


Blue-lead ; basic-sulfate, dry and paste­ in-oil ...........................TT-B-486 ......... . 20 


Boneblack ; dry (paint pigment) ••.....TT-B-600 ......... . 23 


Carbon black; dry (paint pigment) ...•.TT-C-120 ...•..•.•. 23 


Chrome green; pure, dry (paint pig- _ 
 ment) ...........................TT-C-230 ......... . 23,25 

Chrome-yellow and chrome-orange; dry (paint pigment) ..................TT-C-290 ......... . 23,25 Chromium-oxide green; dry (paint pig­ ment) ...........................TT-C-306......... . 23,25 

Copper-phthalo~yanine-blue ; dry (paint pign1ent) ........................TT-C-610..•....... Indian red and bright red (iron-oxide) ; dry (paint pigment) .............TT-I-511a ......... . 23,25

Iron blue; dry (paint pigment) .......•TT-I-677 ......... . 23,24 Iron-oxide ; black, synthetic, dry (paint pigment) ........................TT-I-698 ......... . 24 


Iron-oxide; brown, synthetic, dry (paint
 pigment) ........................TT-I-702 ......... . 25 


Lampblack ; dry (paint pigment) •.••....TT-L-70 ......... . 23, 2-:1: 


Lithopone; dry (.I?aint pigment) .......TT-L-426 ......... . 155 


Magnesium silicate; dry (paint pigment) ..TT-1\1-90 ......... . 155 


i\1etallic brown; dry (paint pigment) ...TT-M-251 ......... . 23, 2-! 


l\1ineral red (iron oxide), natural; dry
 (paint pigment) .................TT-1\:1-381. . . . . . . . . . 23, 25 


Ocher; yellow, tlry (paint pigment) ....TT-0-121 .......... 23, 25, 26 


Read-lead; dry and paste-in-oil .......TT-R-191a....... . . . 19-21 


Sienna ; raw and burnt, dry (paint pig­ ments) ..........................TT-S-346. . . . . . . . . . 23, 24, 25 


Titanium dioxide; dry (paint pigment) ..TT-T-425. . . . . . . . . . 156 


Toluidine-red toner ; dry (paint pigment) .TT-T-562. . . . . . . . . . 23, 25 


IDtramarine blue i dry (paint pigment) ..TT-U-450. . . . . . . . . . 23, 2-1 


Umber, burnt ano raw; dry (paint pig­ ment) ......•....................TT-U-481 ......... . 23,24 Venetian red; dry (paint pigment) .....TT-V-226 ......... . 23,25 

White-lead; basic carbonate, dry, paste­ in-oil ..........................TT-W-251b ......... . 15-17 


White-lead ; basic-sulfate, dry and paste­ in-oil .......•..................TT-W-261a ......... . 15 


Yellow iron-oxide; hydrated, synthetic 
 . (p~nt pigment) .... ·.·. ·: ........ . TT-Y-216 .......... 23, 25, 26 


Zmc-oxide ; dry and paste-m-oll ........TT-Z-301. . . . . . . . . . 17, 19 


Zinc-oxide; leaded, dry and paste-in-oil •.TT-Z-321.......... 17, 19 


Zinc-yellow (zinc chromate) ; dry (paint
 pigment) ......••........•. , •••..TT-Z-415 ......... . 26,27
 Paste: 


Aluminum-pigment; powder and paste
 (for paint) ......•.•...........•.TT-A-468......... . 21-23 


Blue-lead; basic-sulfate, dry and pastein-oil ......................•.•...TT-B-486....•..... 20,21
 Pigments-in-oil ; paint colors ...••...•.TT-P-381 ••.••. , .. . 23-27 


Red-lead ; dry and paste-in-oil ........TT-R-191a ......... . 19-21 


Whi~e-le!td; basic-carbonate, dry, paste-
 1n-0Il ..........................TT-W-251b ......... . 15-17 


Whi~e-le!td ; basic-sulfate, dry and paste­ 1n-01l ....................•....•TT-W-261a ......... . 15 


Zinc-oxide ; dry and paste-in-oil ........TT-Z-301 ......... . 17, 19 


p· Zinc-oxide ; leaded, dry and paste-in-oil..TT-Z--321 ......... . 17, 19 
 1gment volume ................•.......•..Glossar~· ......... .
 P1aster. ( ee Concrete.) 151 


PlPrim.er and ealer ..........•............TT-P-56 ......... . 43, 4 


151 


151
 i~,s~~?~~r::::::::::::::::::::::::·: :·: ::·:air;~;: ·: :::·:: ·: :: 

P~e~i::r~i~ 151
 0~r su;fac .:.. (. ee. Applicatio~· .. Glo ary ........ . 

151 


of painting materials.) 
Paint Manual 163 

Page 


Prilu(>r, paint .........•.....•.............Glossary......... . 151 
 Exterior, ready-mixed, white •.............TT-P-25 ......... . 29,74 
 Pia 'ter primer and ealer ................TT-P-56 ......... . 43, 4 
 Zinc du · t-zinc oxide ................•...TT-P-641 ......... . 36,91
 1•ru sian blue. (See Blue, iron.) 


Purchase, basi of .......................................... . 5,7,9


Putty ( •ee also .Miscellaneous materials) .....Glossary ......... . 152 


Ri>d: 

Enamel; water-resisting •••.............TT-E-531a ....... . . . 41 


Lad: 


Dry and paste-in-oil •••..............TT-R-191a ......... . 19-21 


Ready-mixed oil paint .•................TT-P-86 .........• 31 


Paint ; i1·on-oxide, ready-mixed and semi-


paste .............................TT-P-3la ......... . 32 


Pigments:
 Indian red and bright red (iron oxide) ; 
 dry (paint pigment) ............TT-I-511a ......... . 23,25
 Mineral red (iron oxide), natural; dry
 (paint pigmt>nt) .................TT-:\1-3 1. ........ . 23,25 


Toluidine-red toner; dry (paint pig­ 1nent) ..........................TT-T~362 ......... . 23,2:i 


Venetian ........... , , ...............TT-V-226 •••.•..... 
 ')3 ')j 

'l3 ;5·~6 

ne¥~f.:~~;~-i~~ri~ted· ·::::::::::::::::::::::.~~~~~~- ~:::::::::: -143-i46 

Radioactive luminous compound •............TT-R-58......... . 15J 
 Refinishing:
 'oncrete floors ..........•.................•••••••......... 6 
 'Wood urfaces: 


Exterior ..................................••........... 75 


Interior ............................................... . 1 
 Remover, paint and varni h ..............TT- R-251a ......... . 71 
 Removing paint and similar materials ......................... . 75 


Resin ....................................Glos ·ar-:v •.••....•. 152 


Resin-emulsion paint ..... . ................TT-P- a .. . ...... . 64 
 0 152
 l~:11ng ··::.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.':.·.·::.·.·.·:::::.·:::.·::.·.~1

• • ~~~::::::::::: 11 


Safety measures ••.•........................•.•.•........... 104 


11 
 103-107 
 152
 ;~fftr,~~L).:::):::):::):::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::)::i:i:;ii~~;'.~ ij if i 152 


Floor: 

Lacquer type (for oih cl wood floor ) .... TT-, .-171. ........ . ;)7 


Varnish t_q>e (for wood an<l cork) ... . . TT-S-17~a ... . ..... . :n. a~ 
 J>la, ter primer and ealer .. . ....... . .....TT- P-il6 ... . ..... . 43,84 


8h('llac •...••..........•... . .......... . ... Glossary.... . .... . 1:;2 


54 


Varnish replacement ...... . . . ...........TT-V-130 . . ... . . . . . 55,56 
 ~~~~f:ii ·::: : :::: : : : :::: : : : : : : : : : :::::: : J?~=iI!: : : : : : : : : : ;;3 

77 


si~~~g~:yi!1ai~~~~. ?~. : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :: : : : :: 118 


"p('Cific:itions : Amendments to ..•................ . ..... . .. . . . ... . ........ 7 
 Rnsic ..•••...•••.•......•....... .. .... . ... . ........•....• 
 Spr('ading rate .......................... . . moi- ary . . ... . ... . 15J 
 • tain . (See Wood.) ,'teel (.~re al. o Ferrous metals) : Application of aluminum paint to ...... .. ... . . .. ........... . 22, 91 


ubmerg-ed in water : 
 ('oal-tar ba e enamel. for .. . ........ .. ....... . ... . ..... . 93-9;; 


Varnish-typ paints for ......... . ........ . .............. . 05-97 


~torage of painting materials ........................ ... ..•.. 9 


11
 Ta<'k.ine. • •••••...••• , •.•. , · · · · · · • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · • · · • 92 


Tlt~~;~~r ............................... TT-T__;-,'..?tHl .. .... . ..• 


Terne plate, coating for ........... · ... · · · · . · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · . 


11 


Paint. volatile mineral pirit~ .. . .......TT- :r- -:-?la ... . ... . . . 10 


Volatile ..•........................ .. ... hlo.i<ary ... . ... . . . 154 

164 Building Materials ancl Structures Reports 

Page 

Thixotropic paint ...•••..•................Glossary ......... . 153 


Titanium dioxide; dry (paint pigment) .....TT-T-425 ......... . 156 


Tin, coatings for ...........................................• 92 


'l'urpentine : 
 Destructively distilled wood ..... .. ...LLL-T-792a.......... 9, 10 


Gum spirits .........................LLL-T-79lb.......... t 


Steam diStilled wood .................LLL-T-791b ......... . 
 Sulfate .... . ............. ...........LLL-T-79lb......... 9 
 Two-coat paint system ....................Glossary. . . . . . . . . . 153 


VaA~~S:a1t · ·:::::::::::::::: ."::: : : : : : : : : : : : Ti~~~!i!: : : : : : : : : 

1

~f Damar ..•.•..•......... ............ ....TT-V-61......... 5•> 


Interior ......•..... .......... ........ .TT-V-71a......... 49 


)Iixing (for) aluminum paint ............TT-V-81a.......... 49, 50 


Oil .....•..............................Glossary......... 151 
 Oil length of ...... ............ . .........Glossary. . . . . . . . . . 151 


Rubbing; cabinet ........................TT-V-86.......... 50 


hellac ............................. {TTG-V-91a\..........54, 55, 1;;2
 "ossary 
 1


Spar; water-resisting ............... JTT~V-12lb .. ..... ...50, 51, 1;;2
 l •T1ossar:r 


Spirit (shellac-varnish replacement) .... {TGT-V-130 . . . . ... . . . 55, 152
 lo sary

~r~g!rty· · : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : m~::~~~: : : : : : : : : : Hi 

Volatile thinner ..•.............. ..........<Hossary. . . . . . . . . . 154 


Lacquer thinner •... ....................TT-T-266.......... 11 
 )lineral spirit ........................TT-T-291a.......... 10 


Turpentine ....................... ....TT-T-79lb.......... 9 


Turpentine ........................ ...TT-T-792a.......... 9, 10 


Washes, rust-inhibitive ....................... . ........ ..... . 9 


Washing •................................... ........ ....... 13 
 Water paints: 


Calcimine ...............................TT-C- O(i ....: .... . :i8 

Cement-water paint ......................TT- P- 21 ......... . ;;9 

Protein-ba e paints : Exterior ..............................TT-I'- 2::? ......... . 60-62 


Interior .............................TT-P-23a ......... . 62,63 
 RP. in-emulsion, interior .................TT-r-8 a ......... . 64 


°"'ax. ( ee Miscellaneous materials.)


Wl1He lead: 


Paint: 

Oil, exterior, ready-mixed, light tints 

and white ....•...................TT-P-10 ......... . 27, ::! 

Pi#!llienti:; : Basic-carbonate, dry, paste-in-on, and 


semipaste containing volatile thin­ ner ...........................TT-,V-2;ilb ......... . 15-17 


Ba!';ic-sulfate, dry and paste-in-oil ....'l'T-W- 2fila ......... . 15 
 Whitewash ..........••....•................................ 65,6fl 


Wood: 


Application of : 

i~J~i\~~mm~t!~l-its . : '. : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 22' +iJf 

Paint: 

Varnish-ba.e ..........•..............TT-P-14fl.......... 78 


Porch floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 
 Preparation of surfaces: 


Exterior ...........................................•••• 73--77 


Interior ..............................................•• 7 - 1 


ealn:::: 


Floor : lacquer-type (for oilt><l woocl 


floors) . , ........ . ...............TT- -171 ........ .• 57 


Floor ; varnish-type (for woocl and 


cork) ..... .....................TT- -176a ......... . 51,52 

Staining of ...... ........................................ . 77,70 Stnin. : 

0 78,79 b~i~~e~· f'~~~;~~~~d~rll; . : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 78 

Paint Jianual 165 

Page 

Wrinkling 110 

Yellow: 

Paint: 

Outside, ready-mixed, medium-chromeyello,v ...... . ........ .... ......•.TT-P--53 ......... . ~:l 
 Traffic, exterior, white and yellow ......TT-P-115 ......... . 3 , 39 
 Pigments: Chrome yellow; dry (paint pigment) ...TT--C-290 ......... . 23. 2:i 
 Ocher; yellow; dry (paint pigment) .....TT-0-121 ......... . 23,2;-j,;!fl 


ienna; raw, dry (paint pigment) ......TT-.. -3-W . ........ . 23. 24. 2:; 


Yellow iron-oxide; hydrated, synthetic (paint pigment) •...•..••••.......TT-Y-216 ......... . 23, 2=>. 2'1 
 Pigments-in-oil •..•••••••••••••• , ••••••.TT-P-3 1 ......... . 23-27 


Zinc: 

Pigments: 

Zinc-oxide; dry and pate-in-oil ••••• !TGT-?r-301/· .........17. 19, 1:i-l
 1o,,ary 

Zinc-oxide; leaded, dry and paste-in-oil TJ:-!~;f . .......•.17, 19, J:>-l 


Zinc yellow (zinc chromate) ; dry (paint pigment) ........................TT-Z--11:'l. . . . . . . . . . 26, 27 
 P1·imer: 

Paint; zinc dust-zinc oxide ............TT-P-641 .......... 36. 37. 91 


U. S. GOVERH/IIEHT PRINTING OFFICE , IH5